WO2023004756A1 - Random access method and apparatus, device and storage medium - Google Patents

Random access method and apparatus, device and storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023004756A1
WO2023004756A1 PCT/CN2021/109620 CN2021109620W WO2023004756A1 WO 2023004756 A1 WO2023004756 A1 WO 2023004756A1 CN 2021109620 W CN2021109620 W CN 2021109620W WO 2023004756 A1 WO2023004756 A1 WO 2023004756A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal
signal quality
offset value
power
maximum transmit
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/109620
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
胡奕
李海涛
Original Assignee
Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 filed Critical Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2021/109620 priority Critical patent/WO2023004756A1/en
Priority to CN202180098034.7A priority patent/CN117280836A/en
Publication of WO2023004756A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023004756A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of mobile communication, in particular to a random access method, device, equipment and storage medium.
  • Network coverage is one of the main network performances of a mobile communication network. Compared with Long Term Evolution (LTE), the working frequency band of 5th Generation Mobile Communication Technology (5G) is higher. The higher the operating frequency band, the greater the path loss experienced by the signal, resulting in reduced coverage.
  • 5G 5th Generation Mobile Communication Technology
  • R17 Release17
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • uplink coverage can be enhanced by using a repeated transmission mechanism.
  • the present application provides a random access method, device, equipment and storage medium.
  • the technical scheme is as follows.
  • a random access method comprising:
  • the first terminal determines a signal quality measurement result on the serving cell
  • the first terminal determines, according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process to the network device.
  • a random access method comprising:
  • the network device receives the repeated transmission request of message 3 in the random access process sent by the first terminal;
  • the repeated transmission request of the message 3 is determined by the first terminal according to the signal quality measurement result on the serving cell and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal.
  • a random access device includes:
  • a determining module configured to determine a signal quality measurement result on the serving cell
  • the determination module is further configured to determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process to the network device according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal.
  • a random access device includes:
  • the receiving module is configured to receive the repeated transmission request of message 3 in the random access process sent by the first terminal;
  • the repeated transmission request of the message 3 is determined by the first terminal according to the signal quality measurement result on the serving cell and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal.
  • a terminal includes: a processor; a transceiver connected to the processor; a memory for storing executable instructions of the processor; wherein, the The processor is configured to load and execute the executable instructions to implement the random access method as described in the above aspect.
  • a network device includes: a processor; a transceiver connected to the processor; a memory for storing executable instructions of the processor; wherein, The processor is configured to load and execute the executable instructions to implement the random access method as described in the above aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium wherein executable instructions are stored in the readable storage medium, and the executable instructions are loaded and executed by the processor to implement the above-mentioned aspects.
  • a computer program product wherein executable instructions are stored in the readable storage medium, and the executable instructions are loaded and executed by the processor to implement the above aspects random access method.
  • a chip is provided, the chip includes a programmable logic circuit and/or program instructions, and when the chip is run on a computer device, it is used to realize the random access described in the above aspect method.
  • the first terminal can determine whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 in the random access process to the network device according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmission power of the first terminal, so as to realize uplink coverage enhancement of mobile communication.
  • the difference between the maximum transmission powers of the terminals can be considered, so that the terminal with the lower maximum transmission power can more easily trigger the repeated transmission of the request Msg3, so as to realize targeted enhancement of the uplink coverage of the mobile communication.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a random access process provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture of a communication system provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a random access method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a random access method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a random access method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a process of determining whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 from a network device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a random access method provided in an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a process of determining whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 from a network device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart of a random access method provided in an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a process of determining whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 from a network device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart of a random access method provided in an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a connection relationship between a first terminal supporting sidelink communication and a second terminal provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 13 is a block diagram of a random access device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 14 is a block diagram of a random access device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • first, second, third, etc. may be used in the present disclosure to describe various information, the information should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish information of the same type from one another. For example, without departing from the scope of the present disclosure, first information may also be called second information, and similarly, second information may also be called first information. Depending on the context, the word “if” as used herein may be interpreted as “at” or “when” or “in response to a determination.”
  • 5G 5th Generation Partnership Project
  • eMBB Enhanced Mobile Broadband
  • URLLC Ultra Reliable Low Latency Communications
  • mMTC massive Machine Type of Communication
  • New air interface (New Radio, NR) can be deployed independently.
  • a new Radio Resource Control (RRC) state is defined, specifically RRC_INACTIVE state, which is different from the RRC idle (RRC_IDLE) state and the RRC active (RRC_ACTIVE) state.
  • RRC_INACTIVE RRC_INACTIVE
  • RRC_ACTIVE RRC active
  • each RRC state can reflect a network connection state, and describes how the network device and the terminal handle terminal movement, paging message and system information broadcast.
  • RRC_IDLE Mobility in the RRC_IDLE state refers to terminal-based cell selection reselection. Paging is initiated by the Core Network (CN) device, and the paging area is configured by the CN device. The base station does not have a terminal access stratum (Access Stratum, AS) context. There is no RRC connection.
  • CN Core Network
  • AS terminal access stratum
  • RRC_CONNECTED There is an RRC connection in the RRC_IDLE state, and the base station and the terminal have a terminal AS context. The location of the terminal determined by the network device is at the cell level. Mobility refers to mobility controlled by network devices. Unicast data can be transmitted between the terminal and the base station.
  • Mobility in the RRC_IDLE state refers to cell selection and reselection based on the terminal, there is a connection between CN and NR, the terminal AS context exists on a base station, and paging is triggered by the radio access network (Random Access Network, RAN) , the RAN-based paging area is managed by the RAN, and the location of the terminal determined by the network device is based on the paging area level of the RAN.
  • Radio access network Random Access Network
  • NR introduces low-capability (Reduced Capability, RedCap) devices (low-power terminals).
  • RedCap devices low-capability devices (Reduced Capability, RedCap) devices (low-power terminals).
  • the application of RedCap devices mainly includes three scenarios:
  • Industrial Wireless Sensors (Industrial Wireless Sensors): Compared with URLLC, industrial wireless sensors have relatively low latency and reliability requirements. At the same time, the cost and power consumption of industrial wireless sensors are lower than those of URLLC and eMBB.
  • Video surveillance mainly used in video surveillance scenarios such as smart cities and industrial factories. For example, data collection and processing through video surveillance in smart cities can more effectively monitor and control urban resources and provide more effective services to urban residents.
  • Wearables including smart watches, bracelets, electronic health equipment, and some medical monitoring equipment.
  • One commonality among these devices is their small size.
  • energy saving is a very important technical indicator, especially for equipment such as industrial wireless sensors.
  • the terminal switches from the RRC_IDLE state to the RRC_CONNECTED state.
  • ⁇ Cell switching The terminal needs to establish uplink synchronization with a new cell.
  • the downlink (DownLink, DL) data arrives, and the UL is in an out-of-sync state at this time.
  • the uplink (UpLink, UL) data arrives, and at this time, the UL is in an out-of-sync state or there is no PUCCH resource for sending a scheduling request (Scheduling Request, SR).
  • the UE transitions from the RRC_INACTIVE state to the RRC_CONNECTED state
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a random access process provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 1, the contention-based random access process is divided into 4 steps, and the non-contention-based random access process is divided into 2 steps. The detailed steps are as follows:
  • the terminal device sends message 1 (Message 1, Msg1) to the network device.
  • the terminal device selects a physical random access channel (Physical Random Access Channel, PRACH) resource, and sends a selected preamble (preamble) on the selected PRACH. If it is random access based on non-contention, the PRACH resource and preamble can be specified by the network device. Based on the preamble, the network device can estimate the uplink Timing (timing) and the size of the scheduling (grant) required by the terminal to transmit the Msg3.
  • PRACH Physical Random Access Channel
  • the network device sends a random access response (Random Access Response, RAR) to the terminal device.
  • RAR Random Access Response
  • RA-RNTI Random Access Radio Network Temporary Identifier
  • RA-RNTI 1+s_id+14 ⁇ t_id+14 ⁇ 80 ⁇ f_id+14 ⁇ 80 ⁇ 8 ⁇ ul_carrier_id;
  • s_id is the index of the first Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol of the PRACH occasion (0 ⁇ s_id ⁇ 14).
  • t_id is the index of the first slot of the PRACH occasion in the system frame (0 ⁇ t_id ⁇ 80).
  • f_id is the index of the PRACH opportunity in the frequency domain (0 ⁇ f_id ⁇ 8).
  • ul_carrier_id is the UL carrier used for random access preamble transmission.
  • the RA-RNTI is related to the PRACH time-frequency resource used by the terminal equipment to send Msg1.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device successfully receives the PDCCH scrambled by the RA-RNTI, the terminal device can obtain the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) scheduled by the PDCCH, which contains the RAR, and the RAR specifically includes the following information:
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
  • the header (subheader) of the RAR contains a backoff indicator (Backoff Indicator, BI), which is used to indicate the backoff time for retransmitting Msg1;
  • BI Backoff Indicator
  • Random Access Preamble Identity Document in RAR: The network device responds to the received preamble index (preamble index);
  • the RAR payload (payload) contains a Timing Advance Group (TAG), which is used to adjust the uplink timing;
  • TAG Timing Advance Group
  • Uplink scheduling (Uplink grant, UL grant): used to schedule the uplink resource indication of Msg3;
  • Temporary Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier used to scramble the PDCCH (initial access) of Message 4 (Message 4, Msg4).
  • the terminal device If the terminal device receives the PDCCH scrambled by the Random Access Response Radio Network Temporary Identifier (RAR-RNTI), and the RAR contains the preamble index sent by itself, the terminal device considers that the random access response has been successfully received. Access response.
  • RAR-RNTI Random Access Response Radio Network Temporary Identifier
  • the terminal device transmits Msg3 on the network device scheduling resource.
  • Msg3 is mainly used to notify the network device of what event triggers the random access channel (Random Access Channel, RACH) process. For example, if it is an initial access random process, Msg3 will carry the terminal identifier and establishment cause; if it is RRC reconstruction, it will carry the connection state terminal identifier and establishment cause.
  • RACH Random Access Channel
  • the network device sends Msg4 to the terminal device.
  • Msg4 has two functions, one is for contention conflict resolution, and the other is for the network device to transmit the RRC configuration message to the terminal device.
  • C-RNTI Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier
  • Msg4 uses TC-RNTI scrambled PDCCH scheduling, and the conflict resolution is that the terminal device receives the PDSCH of Msg4 and matches the PDSCH in the PDSCH Common Control Channel Service Data Unit (Common Control Channel Service Data Unit, CCCH SDU) implementation.
  • C-RNTI Common Control Channel Service Data Unit
  • the coverage of the mobile communication network is one of the main network performances concerned by operators.
  • 5G works in a higher frequency band.
  • the working frequency band is 3.5GHz
  • the working frequency band may be as high as 28GHz or 39GHz.
  • the higher the operating frequency band the greater the path loss experienced by the signal, resulting in reduced network coverage.
  • the transmission power of the network equipment is much greater than that of the terminal equipment, so the uplink coverage of the network faces a more serious coverage limitation problem.
  • the coverage enhancement project was proposed in R17, the main goal is to study the uplink coverage enhancement technology applicable to FR1 and FR2 under Time Division Duplexing (TDD)/Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) , including coverage enhancement for PUSCH and coverage enhancement for PUCCH.
  • TDD Time Division Duplexing
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplexing
  • uplink coverage can be improved by using a repeated transmission mechanism.
  • Fig. 2 shows a schematic diagram of a system architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the system architecture may include: a terminal device 10 , an access network device 20 and a core network device 30 .
  • the terminal device 10 may refer to a UE (User Equipment, user equipment), an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a wireless communication device, a user agent or a user device.
  • UE User Equipment
  • an access terminal a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a wireless communication device, a user agent or a user device.
  • the terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a SIP (Session Initiation Protocol, session initiation protocol) phone, a WLL (Wireless Local Loop, wireless local loop) station, a PDA (Personal Digital Assistant, personal digital processing) , handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5GS (5th Generation System, fifth-generation mobile communication system) or future evolution of PLMN (Public Land Mobile Network, public land mobile communication network) terminal equipment, etc., this embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • the devices mentioned above are collectively referred to as terminal devices.
  • the number of terminal devices 10 is generally multiple, and one or more terminal devices 10 may be distributed in a cell managed by each access network device 20 .
  • the access network device 20 is a device deployed in an access network to provide a wireless communication function for the terminal device 10 .
  • the access network device 20 may include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, access points, and so on.
  • the names of devices with access network device functions may be different.
  • they are called gNodeB or gNB.
  • the name "access network equipment” may change.
  • access network devices For the convenience of description, in the embodiment of the present application, the above-mentioned devices that provide the wireless communication function for the terminal device 10 are collectively referred to as access network devices.
  • a communication relationship may be established between the terminal device 10 and the core network device 30 through the access network device 20 .
  • the access network device 20 may be EUTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network, Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Network) or one or more eNodeBs in EUTRAN; in the 5G NR system, the access The network device 20 may be the RAN or one or more gNBs in the RAN.
  • EUTRAN Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network, Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Network
  • eNodeBs in EUTRAN
  • the access The network device 20 may be the RAN or one or more gNBs in the RAN.
  • the functions of the core network device 30 are mainly to provide user connections, manage users, and carry out services, and provide an interface to external networks as a bearer network.
  • the core network equipment in the 5G NR system can include AMF (Access and Mobility Management Function, access and mobility management function) entity, UPF (User Plane Function, user plane function) entity and SMF (Session Management Function, session management function) entity and other equipment.
  • AMF Access and Mobility Management Function, access and mobility management function
  • UPF User Plane Function, user plane function
  • SMF Session Management Function, session management function
  • the access network device 20 and the core network device 30 may be collectively referred to as network devices.
  • the access network device 20 and the core network device 30 communicate with each other through some air technology, such as the NG interface in the 5G NR system.
  • the access network device 20 and the terminal device 10 communicate with each other through a certain air technology, such as a Uu interface.
  • Fig. 3 shows a flowchart of a random access method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 3 illustrates by taking the method applied to the terminal equipment in the communication system shown in Fig. 2 as an example. The method includes:
  • Step 302 the first terminal determines the signal quality measurement result on the serving cell.
  • the serving cell is a cell that provides mobile communication services for the first terminal.
  • the signal quality measurement result refers to Reference Signal Received Power (Reference Signal Receiving Power, RSRP).
  • the first terminal is a low-power terminal.
  • Table 1 shows the correspondence between the power level and the maximum transmit power of common terminals.
  • the maximum transmit power of common terminals is higher than that of low-power terminals.
  • the maximum transmit power is 31.
  • the maximum transmit power is 29.
  • the maximum transmit power is 26.
  • the maximum transmit power is 23.
  • the maximum transmit power is 20.
  • the common terminal is a terminal with a power level of 1, 1.5, 2, 3 or 5, or the common terminal is a terminal with a maximum transmit power of 31, 29, 26, 23 or 20.
  • the first terminals are terminals other than power classes 1, 1.5, 2, 3 and 5.
  • the first terminal is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is not 31, 29, 26, 23 and 20.
  • the first terminal is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is less than 20 dBm.
  • a terminal with a maximum transmission power in the range of 10-14dBm is a low-power terminal.
  • Step 304 The first terminal determines whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process from the network device according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal.
  • the common terminal will use the signal quality measurement result and the second signal quality threshold when determining whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 in the random access process from the network device.
  • the second signal quality threshold is configured by the network device for common terminals. In a case where the signal quality measurement result of the common terminal is lower than the second signal quality threshold, the common terminal determines to request the network device for repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process.
  • the above method can be called the second method.
  • the repeated transmission of message 3 will be determined according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmission power of the first terminal. During this process, the first terminal will also use the network device Signal quality threshold configured for the first terminal. The maximum transmission power of the first terminal will affect the determination result of the first terminal determining whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process from the network device.
  • the first terminal uses the first manner to determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process from the network device.
  • the first manner is different from the second manner.
  • the second manner is the manner in which the second terminal determines whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 from the network device, such as the manner used by the above-mentioned common terminal.
  • the maximum transmission power of the first terminal is lower than that of the second terminal.
  • the first terminal is a low-power terminal
  • the second terminal is a common terminal (or a non-low-power terminal).
  • the first method is the method used by the low-power terminal when determining whether to request the repeated transmission of message 3 in the process of random access to the network device
  • the second method is the method used by the ordinary terminal in the process of determining whether to request the random access to the network device The mode at the time of repeated transmission of message 3.
  • the first terminal requests the network device for repeated transmission of the message 3 in the random access process, which can realize enhanced uplink coverage.
  • the repeated transmission request of message 3 refers to the PUSCH repeated transmission request of message 3 .
  • the manner in which the first terminal determines whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process from the network device specifically includes at least one of the following:
  • the first method according to the signal quality measurement result and the first signal quality threshold corresponding to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process to the network device.
  • the first terminal acquires a signal quality measurement result on the serving cell.
  • the signal quality measurement result is less than or equal to the first signal quality threshold
  • the first terminal sends a PUSCH repeat transmission request of message 3 to the network device.
  • the first signal quality threshold is the first RSRP threshold.
  • the first signal quality threshold is different from the second signal quality threshold, and the second signal quality threshold is a signal quality threshold for an ordinary terminal (second terminal) when determining whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 to the network device.
  • the second signal quality threshold is a second RSRP threshold.
  • the low-power terminal will use the first RSRP threshold to determine whether to request the network device for repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process
  • the ordinary terminal will use the second RSRP threshold to determine whether to request the network device for random access Repeat transmission of message 3 in process.
  • Terminals can be divided into low-power terminals and ordinary terminals. If low-power terminals also use the second signal quality threshold to determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process to the network device, terminals of all power levels will use the same The RSRP threshold is used for judgment. However, for terminals of different power levels covered by the same base station, there is no difference in the supported downlink coverage (the downlink coverage mainly depends on the transmit power of the base station). However, for terminals of different power levels, the supportable uplink coverage may be different. Generally, the higher the terminal power level, the greater the uplink coverage it can support. The lower the power level of the terminal, the smaller the uplink coverage it can support.
  • the factor of the terminal power level also needs to be considered. That is, for the low-power terminal, it is necessary to make it easier to trigger the repeated transmission of the request Msg3 compared with the common terminal, so as to ensure the uplink coverage of the mobile communication.
  • the second type according to the signal quality measurement result corrected by the third offset value, it is determined whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process to the network device.
  • the first terminal acquires a signal quality measurement result on the serving cell. Then the signal quality measurement result is corrected by using the third offset value, so as to obtain the corrected signal quality measurement result. Then the first terminal will use the corrected signal quality measurement result to determine whether to request the network device for repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process.
  • the corrected signal quality measurement result determined by the first terminal the signal quality measurement result (for example, RSRP_measured) ⁇ the third offset value.
  • the first terminal sends a PUSCH retransmission request of message 3 to the network device.
  • the first terminal can determine the first signal quality threshold according to at least one of the following manners:
  • the first terminal receives the first signal quality threshold configured by the network device, that is, the network device configures the first signal quality threshold and sends the configuration information in a broadcast manner.
  • the network device will also configure the second signal quality threshold, and send the configuration information in the form of broadcast.
  • the second terminal will also receive the first signal quality threshold and the second signal quality threshold configured by the network device and sent by broadcast.
  • the terminal determines to use the first signal quality threshold or the second signal quality threshold according to its own power level. Wherein, the first terminal will use the first signal quality threshold, and the second terminal will use the second signal quality threshold.
  • the first terminal will receive the second signal quality threshold configured by the network device and sent by broadcast, and use the first offset value to determine the second signal quality threshold.
  • the threshold is corrected, so as to determine the first signal quality threshold.
  • the first signal quality threshold determined by the first terminal the second signal quality threshold ⁇ the first offset value.
  • the first terminal can determine the first offset value in at least one of the following manners:
  • the reference maximum transmit power is determined by the first terminal according to information configured by the network device and/or predefined information.
  • the formula for calculating the first offset value by the first terminal is as follows:
  • the first offset value is equal to min ⁇ 0, (P PowerClass - min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max )) ⁇ ;
  • the first offset value is equal to min ⁇ 0, (P PowerClass -P Max ) ⁇ ;
  • the first offset value is equal to min ⁇ 0, (P PowerClass -P PowerClass_ref ) ⁇ ;
  • P PowerClass is the maximum transmission power of the first terminal.
  • P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device.
  • P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power class of the reference terminal.
  • P PowerClass_ref is network configured or predefined.
  • the first terminal receives the first offset value configured by the network device, that is, the network device configures the first offset value and sends it to the first terminal.
  • the second offset value is configured by the network device and sent to the first terminal.
  • the first terminal receives the second offset value configured by the network device, and determines the first offset value according to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, the reference maximum transmit power, and the second offset value.
  • the reference maximum transmit power is determined by the first terminal according to information configured by the network device and/or predefined information.
  • the formula for calculating the first offset value by the first terminal is as follows:
  • the first offset value is equal to min ⁇ 0, (P PowerClass +P offset -min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max )) ⁇ ;
  • the first offset value is equal to min ⁇ 0, (P PowerClass +P offset -P Max ) ⁇ ;
  • the first offset value is equal to min ⁇ 0, (P PowerClass +P offset -P PowerClass_ref ) ⁇ ;
  • P PowerClass is the maximum transmission power of the first terminal.
  • P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device.
  • P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power class of the reference terminal.
  • P offset is the second offset value.
  • P PowerClass_ref is network configured or predefined.
  • the first terminal can determine the third offset value in the following manner:
  • the reference maximum transmit power is determined by the first terminal according to information configured by the network device and/or predefined information.
  • the formula for calculating the third offset value by the first terminal is as follows:
  • the third offset value is equal to max ⁇ 0, (min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max ) ⁇ P PowerClass ) ⁇ ;
  • the third offset value is equal to max ⁇ 0, (P Max -P PowerClass ) ⁇ ;
  • the third offset value is equal to max ⁇ 0, (P PowerClass_ref -P PowerClass ) ⁇ ;
  • P PowerClass is the maximum transmit power of the first terminal.
  • P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device.
  • P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power class of the reference terminal.
  • P PowerClass_ref is network configured or predefined.
  • the first terminal receives the third offset value configured by the network device, that is, the network device configures the third offset value and sends it to the first terminal.
  • the fourth offset value is configured by the network device and sent to the first terminal.
  • the first terminal receives the fourth offset value configured by the network device, and determines the third offset value according to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, the reference maximum transmit power, and the fourth offset value.
  • the maximum transmit power of the first terminal is the maximum transmit power of the first terminal.
  • the reference maximum transmit power is determined by the first terminal according to information configured by the network device and/or predefined information.
  • the formula for calculating the third offset value by the first terminal is as follows:
  • the third offset value is equal to max ⁇ 0, (min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max )-(P PowerClass +P offset )) ⁇ ;
  • the third offset value is equal to max ⁇ 0, (P Max -(P PowerClass +P offset )) ⁇ ;
  • the third offset value is equal to max ⁇ 0, (P PowerClass_ref - (P PowerClass + P offset )) ⁇ ;
  • P PowerClass is the maximum transmission power of the first terminal.
  • P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device.
  • P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power class of the reference terminal.
  • P offset is the fourth offset value.
  • P PowerClass_ref is network configured or predefined.
  • the foregoing signal quality measurement results include any of the following:
  • the target SSB is the SSB with the best measurement result or the SSB with the measurement result greater than the measurement threshold.
  • the measurement threshold is configured by the network device. When there are multiple SSBs whose measurement results are greater than the measurement threshold, the first terminal will arbitrarily select a target SSB from them.
  • the first terminal can determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process from the network device according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, so that Realize the uplink coverage enhancement of mobile communication.
  • the difference between the maximum transmission powers of the terminals can be considered, so that the terminal with the lower maximum transmission power can more easily trigger the repeated transmission of the request Msg3, so as to realize targeted enhancement of the uplink coverage of the mobile communication.
  • FIG. 4 shows a flowchart of a random access method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 uses an example in which the method is applied to a network device in the communication system shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the method includes:
  • Step 402 The network device receives the repeated transmission request of message 3 in the random access process sent by the first terminal.
  • the repeated transmission request of message 3 is determined by the first terminal according to the signal quality measurement result on the serving cell and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal.
  • the first terminal is a low-power terminal, and the maximum transmission power of the low-power terminal is lower than that of an ordinary terminal.
  • the common terminal is a terminal with a power level of 1, 1.5, 2, 3 or 5, or the common terminal is a terminal with a maximum transmit power of 31, 29, 26, 23 or 20.
  • the first terminals are terminals other than power classes 1, 1.5, 2, 3 and 5.
  • the first terminal is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is not 31, 29, 26, 23 and 20.
  • the first terminal is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is less than 20 dBm.
  • a terminal with a maximum transmission power in the range of 10-14dBm is a low-power terminal.
  • the common terminal will use the signal quality measurement result and the second signal quality threshold when determining whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 in the random access process from the network device.
  • the second signal quality threshold is configured by the network device for common terminals. The above method can be called the second method.
  • the repeated transmission of message 3 will be determined according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmission power of the first terminal. During this process, the first terminal will also use the network device Signal quality threshold configured for the first terminal. The maximum transmission power of the first terminal will affect the determination result of the first terminal determining whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process from the network device.
  • the first terminal uses the first manner to determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process from the network device.
  • the first way is different from the second way.
  • the second way is a way for the second terminal to determine whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 from the network device, such as the way used by the above-mentioned common terminal.
  • the maximum transmission power of the first terminal is lower than that of the second terminal.
  • the first terminal is a low-power terminal
  • the second terminal is a common terminal (or a non-low-power terminal).
  • the first method is the method used by the low-power terminal when determining whether to request the repeated transmission of message 3 in the process of random access to the network device
  • the second method is the method used by the ordinary terminal in the process of determining whether to request the random access to the network device The mode at the time of repeated transmission of message 3.
  • the first terminal requests the network device for repeated transmission of the message 3 in the random access process, which can realize enhanced uplink coverage.
  • the retransmission request of message 3 refers to the PUSCH retransmission request of message 3.
  • the network device before the network device receives the repeated transmission request of message 3 in the random access process sent by the first terminal, the network device first configures different information for the first terminal, so that the first terminal information, and determine the repeated transmission request of message 3 through the first method. It specifically includes at least one of the following situations:
  • the first signal quality threshold is different from the second signal quality threshold, and the second signal quality threshold is the signal quality threshold when the second terminal determines whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 from the network device.
  • the first signal quality threshold is the first RSRP threshold.
  • the second signal quality threshold is a second RSRP threshold.
  • the low-power terminal will use the first RSRP threshold to determine whether to request the network device for repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process, and the ordinary terminal will use the second RSRP threshold to determine whether to request the network device for random access Repeat transmission of message 3 in process.
  • the network device configures information for the first terminal in at least one of the following ways:
  • the first terminal can modify the second signal quality threshold according to the first offset value, so as to obtain the first signal quality threshold.
  • the corrected signal quality measurement result is determined by the first terminal using the third offset value to correct and determine the signal quality measurement result obtained by the first terminal on the serving cell.
  • the first terminal sends a PUSCH retransmission request of message 3 to the network device.
  • the network device configures information for the first terminal in at least one of the following ways:
  • the foregoing signal quality measurement results include any of the following:
  • the target SSB is the SSB with the best measurement result or the SSB with the measurement result greater than the measurement threshold.
  • the first terminal can determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process from the network device according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, so that Realize the uplink coverage enhancement of mobile communication.
  • the difference between the maximum transmission powers of the terminals can be considered, so that the terminal with the lower maximum transmission power can more easily trigger the repeated transmission of the request Msg3, so as to realize targeted enhancement of the uplink coverage of the mobile communication.
  • the first terminal can determine whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 from the network device by using different information.
  • the first type the first terminal determines whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 from the network device according to the first signal quality threshold.
  • FIG. 5 shows a flowchart of a random access method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 exemplifies that the method is applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the method includes:
  • Step 502 The network device configures first configuration information for the first terminal, where the first configuration information includes a first signal quality threshold.
  • the first configuration information is used by the first terminal to determine whether to request the network device for repeated PUSCH transmission of Msg3.
  • the first configuration information further includes the first PRACH resource configuration used for the first terminal to request the repeated PUSCH transmission of Msg3.
  • the first signal quality threshold is a signal quality threshold corresponding to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal.
  • the first signal quality threshold is different from the second signal quality threshold, and the second signal quality threshold is the signal quality threshold when the second terminal determines whether to request repeated transmission of Msg3 from the network device.
  • the first signal quality threshold is a first RSRP threshold.
  • the second signal quality threshold is a second RSRP threshold.
  • the maximum transmission power of the first terminal is lower than that of the second terminal.
  • the first terminal is a low-power terminal
  • the second terminal is a common terminal.
  • the low-power terminal will use the first RSRP threshold to determine whether to request the repeated transmission of Msg3 in the random access process to the network device
  • the ordinary terminal will use the second RSRP threshold to determine whether to request the network device for the Msg3 in the random access process Repeat transmission.
  • the first terminal is a terminal with a power class other than 1, 1.5, 2, 3 and 5.
  • the first terminal is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is not 31, 29, 26, 23 and 20.
  • the first terminal is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is less than 20 dBm.
  • the manner in which the network device configures the first configuration information for the first terminal includes at least one of the following:
  • the network device can configure the same first signal quality threshold for them.
  • the network device may also configure different first signal quality thresholds corresponding to power levels for low-power terminals of different power levels.
  • the first signal quality thresholds corresponding to low-power terminals of different power levels are the same or different.
  • Table 2 shows the correspondence between the power level of the terminal and the signal quality threshold.
  • each power level corresponds to a signal quality threshold.
  • power level 1>power level 2>power level 3>power level 4>power level 5 the second signal quality threshold ⁇ the first signal quality threshold.
  • the network device configures a second signal quality threshold for a terminal (ordinary terminal) whose power level is not lower than power level 2.
  • the network device configures the first signal quality threshold for it.
  • the first signal quality thresholds configured by the network device are the same.
  • the network device can configure the first signal quality threshold for the terminal according to the first correspondence relationship.
  • the first corresponding relationship includes the corresponding relationship between different power levels (or maximum transmit power) and different signal quality thresholds.
  • the signal quality threshold configured by the network device for the power level (or maximum transmission power) of the terminal will be received.
  • the first correspondence includes a correspondence between the first terminal and the first signal quality threshold. Therefore, the network device can configure the first signal quality threshold for the first terminal.
  • the first correspondence can reflect that each signal quality threshold indicated by the network device corresponds to a power level of at least one terminal.
  • the first correspondence can reflect that the power levels of N terminals correspond to N signal quality thresholds, and at the same time, the power levels of terminals are negatively correlated with their corresponding signal quality thresholds. The higher the power level of the terminal (the higher the maximum transmit power), the lower the corresponding signal quality threshold. The lower the power level of the terminal (the lower the maximum transmit power), the higher the corresponding signal quality threshold.
  • the network device configures the second signal quality threshold for terminals whose maximum transmit power is not lower than the reference power.
  • the network device configures the first signal quality threshold according to the first corresponding relationship for the terminal whose maximum transmission power is lower than the reference power.
  • the first corresponding relationship includes the corresponding relationship between different power levels (or maximum transmit power) and different signal quality thresholds.
  • the terminal for a terminal (such as a second terminal) whose maximum transmission power is higher than or equal to the reference power, it will receive the second signal quality threshold configured by the network device. At this time, the terminal will use the second method to determine the repeated transmission request of message 3 . For a terminal whose maximum transmission power is lower than the reference power, it will receive the signal quality threshold configured by the network device for the power level of the terminal.
  • the first corresponding relationship includes the corresponding relationship between different power levels and different signal quality thresholds.
  • the first correspondence includes a correspondence between the first terminal and the first signal quality threshold. Therefore, the network device can configure the first signal quality threshold for the first terminal.
  • Table 3 shows the correspondence between the power level of the terminal and the signal quality threshold.
  • each power level corresponds to a signal quality threshold.
  • power level 1>power level 2>power level 3>power level 4>power level 5 second signal quality threshold ⁇ first signal quality threshold1 ⁇ first signal quality threshold2 ⁇ first signal quality threshold3.
  • the network device configures a second signal quality threshold for terminals whose power level is not lower than power level 2 (reference power).
  • the network device configures the first signal quality threshold for it according to the first correspondence.
  • the first correspondence includes that power level 3 corresponds to the first signal quality threshold 1, power level 4 corresponds to the first signal quality threshold 2, and power level 5 corresponds to the first signal quality threshold 3.
  • a terminal with a power level of power level 1 or power level 2 is an ordinary terminal, and a terminal with a power level of power level 3, power level 4, or power level 5 is a low-power terminal.
  • the above reference power is equal to P Max ;
  • Reference power is equal to PPowerClass_ref ;
  • Reference power is equal to min(P Max , P PowerClass_ref );
  • P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device.
  • P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power class of the reference terminal.
  • P PowerClass_ref is network configured or predefined.
  • Step 504 The first terminal receives the first configuration information broadcast by the network device.
  • the first configuration information received by the first terminal is configured by the network device through at least one of the above three ways of configuring the first configuration information for the first terminal.
  • Step 506 The first terminal uses the first signal quality threshold to determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 from the network device.
  • the first terminal acquires a signal quality measurement result on the serving cell.
  • the signal quality measurement result is less than or equal to the first signal quality threshold
  • the first terminal sends a PUSCH repeat transmission request of message 3 to the network device.
  • the first terminal When the network device configures the first signal quality threshold for the first terminal through the above first method of configuring the first configuration information, the first terminal will use the first signal quality threshold to determine whether to request repeated PUSCH transmission of Msg3.
  • the first terminal When the network device configures the first signal quality threshold for the first terminal through the second or third method of configuring the first configuration information above, the first terminal will use the first signal quality threshold corresponding to the power level of the first terminal Determine whether to request PUSCH repeat transmission of Msg3.
  • the first terminal requests the PUSCH repeated transmission of Msg3 by sending Msg1 to the network device by using resources under the first PRACH resource configuration.
  • the foregoing signal quality measurement results include any of the following:
  • the target SSB is the SSB with the best measurement result or the SSB with the measurement result greater than the measurement threshold.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a process of determining whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 from a network device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • the low-power terminal 601 determines whether to request repeated transmission of Msg3 according to the magnitude relationship between the signal quality measurement value 603 and the first signal quality threshold 604 .
  • the signal quality measurement value 603 determined by the low-power terminal 601 is less than or equal to the first signal quality threshold 604
  • the low-power terminal 601 determines to request repeated transmission of Msg3.
  • the signal quality measurement value 603 determined by the low-power terminal 601 is greater than the first signal quality threshold 604, the low-power terminal 601 determines not to request repeated transmission of Msg3.
  • the ordinary terminal 602 determines whether to request repeated transmission of Msg3 according to the magnitude relationship between the signal quality measurement value 603 and the second signal quality threshold 605 . When the signal quality measurement value 603 determined by the ordinary terminal 602 is less than or equal to the second signal quality threshold 605, the ordinary terminal 602 determines to request repeated transmission of Msg3. When the signal quality measurement value 603 determined by the ordinary terminal 602 is greater than the second signal quality threshold 605, the ordinary terminal 602 determines not to request repeated transmission of Msg3.
  • the first signal quality threshold is higher than the second signal quality threshold. Therefore, using the first signal quality threshold can make it easier for terminals with lower maximum transmit power to trigger repeated transmission of the request Msg3, thereby improving the maximum Enhanced uplink coverage for terminals with lower transmit power.
  • step 502 can be implemented independently as an information configuration method on the network device side.
  • step 506 can be independently implemented as a random access method on the first terminal side.
  • the first terminal can determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process to the network device according to the first configuration information, so as to realize uplink coverage enhancement of mobile communication.
  • the difference between the maximum transmission powers of the terminals can be considered, so that the terminal with the lower maximum transmission power can more easily trigger the repeated transmission of the request Msg3, so as to realize targeted enhancement of the uplink coverage of the mobile communication.
  • the above method fully considers the differences in uplink coverage brought about by the differences in terminal power levels of different terminals, so that the terminals can more accurately determine whether to request message 3 for uplink coverage enhancement according to their own power levels.
  • the problem of waste of resources caused by inaccurate measurement results of evaluating signal quality can be avoided.
  • the problem of limited uplink coverage caused by inaccurate evaluation signal quality measurement results can be avoided.
  • the second type the first terminal determines the first signal quality threshold according to the first offset value and the second signal quality threshold, and uses the first signal quality threshold to determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 to the network device.
  • FIG. 7 shows a flowchart of a random access method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 uses an example in which the method is applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the method includes:
  • Step 702 The network device configures second configuration information for the first terminal, where the second configuration information includes information for determining a first signal quality threshold.
  • the second configuration information is used by the first terminal to determine whether to request the network device for repeated PUSCH transmission of Msg3.
  • the second configuration information further includes the first PRACH resource configuration used for the first terminal to request the repeated transmission of the PUSCH of Msg3.
  • the first terminal can determine the first signal quality threshold according to the second configuration information.
  • the first signal quality threshold is a signal quality threshold corresponding to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal.
  • the first signal quality threshold is different from the second signal quality threshold, and the second signal quality threshold is the signal quality threshold when the second terminal determines whether to request repeated transmission of Msg3 from the network device.
  • the first signal quality threshold is a first RSRP threshold.
  • the second signal quality threshold is a second RSRP threshold.
  • the maximum transmission power of the first terminal is lower than that of the second terminal.
  • the first terminal is a low-power terminal
  • the second terminal is a common terminal.
  • the low-power terminal will use the first RSRP threshold to determine whether to request the repeated transmission of Msg3 in the random access process to the network device
  • the ordinary terminal will use the second RSRP threshold to determine whether to request the network device for the Msg3 in the random access process Repeat transmission.
  • the first terminal is a terminal with a power class other than 1, 1.5, 2, 3 and 5.
  • the first terminal is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is not 31, 29, 26, 23 and 20.
  • the first terminal is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is less than 20 dBm.
  • the manner in which the network device configures the second configuration information for the first terminal includes at least one of the following:
  • the first offset value is used to modify the second signal quality threshold to obtain the first signal quality threshold.
  • the first terminal will receive the second signal quality threshold configured by the network device, and use the information used to determine the first offset value to determine the first offset value, thereby using the first offset value to correct the second signal quality threshold to obtain the first The signal quality threshold, and then use the first signal quality threshold to determine the repeat transmission request of Msg3.
  • the information used to determine the first offset value includes at least one of the following information:
  • the maximum transmission power corresponding to the power level of the reference terminal is configured or predefined by the network.
  • the first offset value is used to modify the second signal quality threshold to obtain the first signal quality threshold.
  • the first terminal will receive the second signal quality threshold and the first offset value configured by the network device, and use the first offset value to modify the second signal quality threshold to obtain the first signal quality threshold, thereby using the first signal quality threshold to determine Msg3 repeated transfer requests.
  • the network device configures the second signal quality threshold for terminals whose maximum transmission power is not lower than the reference power.
  • the network device configures a second signal quality threshold for terminals whose maximum transmit power is lower than the reference power, and configures the first offset value according to the second correspondence.
  • the second corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels (or maximum transmit power) and different first offset values.
  • the terminal for a terminal (such as a second terminal) whose maximum transmission power is not lower than the reference power, it will receive the second signal quality threshold configured by the network device. At this time, the terminal will use the second method to determine the repeated transmission request of message 3 .
  • the first offset value configured by the network device for the power level of the terminal will be received.
  • the second correspondence includes a correspondence between the first terminal and the first offset value. Therefore, the network device can configure the first offset value for the first terminal.
  • the network device configures the second signal quality threshold for terminals whose maximum transmission power is equal to the reference power.
  • the network device configures a second signal quality threshold for terminals whose maximum transmission power is not equal to the reference power, and configures the first offset value according to the second corresponding relationship.
  • the second corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels (or maximum transmit power) and different first offset values.
  • the terminal for a terminal (such as the second terminal) whose maximum transmission power is equal to the reference power, it will receive the second signal quality threshold configured by the network device. At this time, the terminal will use the second method to determine the repeated transmission request of message 3 .
  • the first offset value configured by the network device for the power level of the terminal will be received.
  • the second correspondence includes a correspondence between the first terminal and the first offset value. Therefore, the network device can configure the first offset value for the first terminal.
  • Table 4 shows the correspondence between the power level of the terminal and the first offset value.
  • each power level corresponds to a first offset value.
  • the second correspondence includes that power level 3 corresponds to the first offset value 1, power level 4 corresponds to the first offset value 2, power level 5 corresponds to the first offset value 2, and power level 6 corresponds to the first offset value 3.
  • the higher the power level the larger the corresponding first offset value.
  • Different power levels can correspond to the same or different first offset values.
  • a terminal with a power level of power level 3, power level 4, power level 5, or power level 6 is a low-power terminal.
  • the reference power is equal to P Max ;
  • Reference power is equal to PPowerClass_ref ;
  • Reference power is equal to min(P Max , P PowerClass_ref );
  • P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device.
  • P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power class of the reference terminal.
  • P PowerClass_ref is network configured or predefined.
  • the information used to determine the first offset value includes at least one of the following information:
  • the second offset value, the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell, and the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power level of the reference terminal are the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell, and the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power level of the reference terminal.
  • the maximum transmission power corresponding to the power level of the reference terminal is configured or predefined by the network.
  • Step 704 The first terminal receives the second configuration information broadcast by the network device.
  • the second configuration information received by the first terminal can be configured by the network device through at least one of the above three ways of configuring the second configuration information for the first terminal.
  • Step 706 The first terminal determines a first signal quality threshold according to the second configuration information.
  • the first signal quality threshold determined by the first terminal the second signal quality threshold ⁇ the first offset value.
  • the situation where the first terminal determines the first offset value according to the second configuration information, so as to determine the first signal quality threshold may include at least one of the following:
  • the first terminal can determine the first offset value according to the difference between the maximum transmit power of the first terminal and the reference maximum transmit power, thereby determining the first signal quality threshold.
  • the formula for calculating the first offset value by the first terminal is as follows:
  • the first offset value is equal to min ⁇ 0, (P PowerClass - min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max )) ⁇ ;
  • the first offset value is equal to min ⁇ 0, (P PowerClass -P Max ) ⁇ ;
  • the first offset value is equal to min ⁇ 0, (P PowerClass -P PowerClass_ref ) ⁇ ;
  • P PowerClass is the maximum transmission power of the first terminal.
  • the first terminal When the first terminal acquires the first offset value, it can directly use the first offset value to modify the second signal quality threshold, so as to obtain the first signal quality threshold. Moreover, when the network device configures the first offset value for the first terminal through the second correspondence, the first offset value used by the first terminal when modifying the second signal quality threshold is the first offset value corresponding to the power level of the first terminal. offset value.
  • the first terminal can determine the first offset value according to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, the reference maximum transmit power, and the second offset value, thereby determining the first signal quality threshold.
  • the formula for calculating the first offset value by the first terminal is as follows:
  • the first offset value is equal to min ⁇ 0, (P PowerClass +P offset -min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max )) ⁇ ;
  • the first offset value is equal to min ⁇ 0, (P PowerClass +P offset -P Max ) ⁇ ;
  • the first offset value is equal to min ⁇ 0, (P PowerClass +P offset -P PowerClass_ref ) ⁇ ;
  • P offset is the second offset value
  • Step 708 The first terminal uses the first signal quality threshold to determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 from the network device.
  • the first terminal acquires a signal quality measurement result on the serving cell.
  • the first terminal sends a PUSCH repeat transmission request of message 3 to the network device.
  • the first terminal sends Msg1 to the network device by using resources under the first PRACH resource configuration to request repeated PUSCH transmission of Msg3.
  • the foregoing signal quality measurement results include any of the following:
  • the target SSB is the SSB with the best measurement result or the SSB with the measurement result greater than the measurement threshold.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a process of determining whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 from a network device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • the low-power terminal 801 determines whether to request repeated transmission of Msg3 according to the magnitude relationship between the signal quality measurement value 803 and the first signal quality threshold 804 .
  • the first signal quality threshold 804 is determined by the low-power terminal 801 using the first offset value 806 to modify the second signal quality threshold 805 .
  • the signal quality measurement value 803 determined by the low-power terminal 801 is less than or equal to the first signal quality threshold 804, the low-power terminal 801 determines to request repeated transmission of Msg3.
  • the low-power terminal 801 determines not to request repeated transmission of Msg3.
  • the ordinary terminal 802 determines whether to request repeated transmission of Msg3 according to the magnitude relationship between the signal quality measurement value 803 and the second signal quality threshold 805 .
  • the signal quality measurement value 803 determined by the ordinary terminal 802 is less than or equal to the second signal quality threshold 805, the ordinary terminal 802 determines to request repeated transmission of Msg3.
  • the signal quality measurement value 803 determined by the ordinary terminal 802 is greater than the second signal quality threshold 805, the ordinary terminal 802 determines not to request repeated transmission of Msg3.
  • the first signal quality threshold is higher than the second signal quality threshold. Therefore, using the first signal quality threshold can make it easier for terminals with lower maximum transmit power to trigger repeated transmission of the request Msg3, thereby improving the maximum Enhanced uplink coverage for terminals with lower transmit power.
  • the above step 702 can be implemented independently as an information configuration method on the network device side.
  • the above step 706 can independently implement a method for determining the first signal quality threshold at the first terminal side.
  • the above step 708 can be independently implemented as a random access method on the first terminal side.
  • the first terminal can determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process to the network device according to the second configuration information, so as to realize uplink coverage enhancement of mobile communication.
  • the difference between the maximum transmission powers of the terminals can be considered, so that the terminal with the lower maximum transmission power can more easily trigger the repeated transmission of the request Msg3, so as to realize targeted enhancement of the uplink coverage of the mobile communication.
  • the above method fully considers the differences in uplink coverage brought about by the differences in terminal power levels of different terminals, so that the terminals can more accurately determine whether to request message 3 for uplink coverage enhancement according to their own power levels.
  • the problem of waste of resources caused by inaccurate measurement results of evaluating signal quality can be avoided.
  • the problem of limited uplink coverage caused by inaccurate evaluation signal quality measurement results can be avoided.
  • the third method the first terminal determines whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 from the network device according to the corrected signal quality measurement result and the second signal quality threshold.
  • FIG. 9 shows a flowchart of a random access method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 exemplifies that the method is applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the method includes:
  • Step 902 The network device configures third configuration information for the first terminal, where the third configuration information includes information for correcting a signal quality measurement result.
  • the third configuration information is used by the first terminal to determine whether to request the network device for repeated PUSCH transmission of Msg3.
  • the third configuration information includes the first PRACH resource configuration for the PUSCH repeated transmission requested by the first terminal for Msg3.
  • the first terminal can correct the signal quality measurement result by using the third offset value according to the third configuration information. A corrected signal quality measurement result is thereby obtained. Then the first terminal will use the corrected signal quality measurement result to determine whether to request the network device for repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process.
  • the corrected signal quality measurement result is different from the initial signal quality measurement result, and the initial signal quality measurement result is the signal measurement result when the second terminal determines whether to request repeated transmission of Msg3 from the network device.
  • the maximum transmission power of the first terminal is lower than that of the second terminal.
  • the first terminal is a low-power terminal
  • the second terminal is a common terminal.
  • the low-power terminal will use the corrected signal quality measurement result to determine whether to request the network device for repeated transmission of Msg3 during the random access process
  • the ordinary terminal will use the initial signal quality measurement result to determine whether to request the network device for the random access process Repeated transmission of Msg3 in .
  • the first terminal is a terminal with a power class other than 1, 1.5, 2, 3 and 5.
  • the first terminal is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is not 31, 29, 26, 23 and 20.
  • the first terminal is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is less than 20 dBm.
  • the manner in which the network device configures the third configuration information for the first terminal includes at least one of the following:
  • the information used to determine the third offset value includes at least one of the following information:
  • the maximum transmission power corresponding to the power level of the reference terminal is configured or predefined by the network.
  • the network device configures the second signal quality threshold for terminals whose maximum transmission power is not lower than the reference power.
  • the network device configures the second signal quality threshold for terminals whose maximum transmission power is lower than the reference power, and configures the third offset value according to the third corresponding relationship.
  • the third corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels (or maximum transmit power) and different third offset values.
  • a terminal such as a second terminal
  • the terminal will receive the second signal quality threshold configured by the network device.
  • the terminal will use the second method to determine the repeated transmission request of message 3 .
  • a third offset value configured by the network device for the power level of the terminal will be received.
  • the third correspondence includes a correspondence between the first terminal and the third offset value. Therefore, the network device can configure the third offset value for the first terminal.
  • the network device configures the second signal quality threshold for terminals whose maximum transmit power is equal to the reference power.
  • the network device configures the second signal quality threshold for the terminal whose maximum transmit power is not equal to the reference power, and configures the third offset value according to the third corresponding relationship.
  • the third corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels (or maximum transmit power) and different third offset values.
  • a terminal such as the second terminal whose maximum transmission power is equal to the reference power
  • it will receive the second signal quality threshold configured by the network device.
  • the terminal will use the second method to determine the repeated transmission request of message 3 .
  • a third offset value configured by the network device for the power level of the terminal will be received.
  • the third correspondence includes a correspondence between the first terminal and the third offset value. Therefore, the network device can configure the third offset value for the first terminal.
  • Table 5 shows the correspondence between the power level of the terminal and the third offset value.
  • each power level corresponds to a third offset value.
  • the third correspondence relationship includes that power level 3 corresponds to the third offset value 1, power level 4 corresponds to the third offset value 2, power level 5 corresponds to the third offset value 2, and power level 6 corresponds to the third offset value 3.
  • the higher the power level the smaller the corresponding third offset value.
  • Different power levels can correspond to the same or different third offset values.
  • a terminal with a power level of power level 3, power level 4, power level 5, or power level 6 is a low-power terminal.
  • the above reference power is equal to P Max ;
  • Reference power is equal to PPowerClass_ref ;
  • Reference power is equal to min(P Max , P PowerClass_ref );
  • P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device.
  • P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power class of the reference terminal.
  • P PowerClass_ref is network configured or predefined.
  • the information used to determine the third offset value includes at least one of the following information:
  • the fourth offset value, the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell, and the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power level of the reference terminal are the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell, and the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power level of the reference terminal.
  • the maximum transmission power corresponding to the power level of the reference terminal is configured or predefined by the network.
  • Step 904 The first terminal receives the third configuration information broadcast by the network device.
  • the third configuration information received by the first terminal can be configured by the network device through at least one of the above three ways of configuring the third configuration information for the first terminal.
  • Step 906 The first terminal determines the corrected signal quality measurement result according to the third configuration information.
  • the corrected signal quality measurement result determined by the first terminal the signal quality measurement result ⁇ the third offset value.
  • the situation where the first terminal determines the third offset value according to the third configuration information, so as to determine the corrected signal quality measurement result may include at least one of the following:
  • the first terminal can determine the third offset value according to the difference between the maximum transmit power of the first terminal and the reference maximum transmit power, so as to determine the corrected signal quality measurement result.
  • the formula for calculating the third offset value by the first terminal is as follows:
  • the third offset value is equal to max ⁇ 0, (min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max ) ⁇ P PowerClass ) ⁇ ;
  • the third offset value is equal to max ⁇ 0, (P Max -P PowerClass ) ⁇ ;
  • the third offset value is equal to max ⁇ 0, (P PowerClass_ref -P PowerClass ) ⁇ ;
  • P PowerClass is the maximum transmission power of the first terminal.
  • the first terminal When the first terminal acquires the third offset value, it can directly use the third offset value to correct the signal quality measurement result, so as to obtain the corrected signal quality measurement result. Moreover, when the network device configures the third offset value for the first terminal through the third correspondence, the third offset value used by the first terminal when correcting the signal quality measurement result is the third offset value corresponding to the power level of the first terminal. transfer value.
  • the first terminal can determine the third offset value according to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, the reference maximum transmit power, and the fourth offset value, so as to determine the corrected signal quality measurement result.
  • the formula for calculating the third offset value by the first terminal is as follows:
  • the third offset value is equal to max ⁇ 0, (min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max )-(P PowerClass +P offset )) ⁇ ;
  • the third offset value is equal to max ⁇ 0, (P Max -(P PowerClass +P offset )) ⁇ ;
  • the third offset value is equal to max ⁇ 0, (P PowerClass_ref - (P PowerClass + P offset )) ⁇ ;
  • P offset is the fourth offset value.
  • Step 908 the first terminal uses the corrected signal quality measurement result to determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 from the network device.
  • the first terminal acquires the signal quality measurement result on the serving cell, and uses the third offset value to correct the signal quality measurement result to obtain the corrected signal quality measurement result.
  • the first terminal sends a PUSCH retransmission request of message 3 to the network device.
  • the first terminal sends Msg1 to the network device by using resources under the first PRACH resource configuration to request repeated PUSCH transmission of Msg3.
  • the foregoing signal quality measurement results include any of the following:
  • the target SSB is the SSB with the best measurement result or the SSB with the measurement result greater than the measurement threshold.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a process of determining whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 from a network device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • the low-power terminal 1001 determines whether to request repeated transmission of Msg3 according to the magnitude relationship between the corrected signal quality measurement value 1003 and the second signal quality threshold 1004 .
  • the low-power terminal 1001 determines to request repeated transmission of Msg3.
  • the corrected signal quality measurement value 1003 determined by the low-power terminal 1001 is greater than the second signal quality threshold 1004, the low-power terminal 1001 determines not to request repeated transmission of Msg3.
  • the ordinary terminal 1002 can also use the corrected signal quality measurement value 1003 to determine whether to deny the repeated transmission of the request Msg3.
  • the common terminal uses the initial signal quality measurement value to determine whether to deny the repeated transmission of the request Msg3.
  • step 902 can be implemented independently as an information configuration method on the network device side.
  • the above-mentioned step 906 can independently implement a method for correcting the signal quality measurement result on the first terminal side.
  • the above step 908 can be implemented as a random access method on the first terminal side alone.
  • the first terminal can determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process to the network device according to the third configuration information, so as to realize uplink coverage enhancement of mobile communication.
  • the difference between the maximum transmission powers of the terminals can be considered, so that the terminal with the lower maximum transmission power can more easily trigger the repeated transmission of the request Msg3, so as to realize targeted enhancement of the uplink coverage of the mobile communication.
  • the above method fully considers the differences in uplink coverage brought about by the differences in terminal power levels of different terminals, so that the terminals can more accurately determine whether to request message 3 for uplink coverage enhancement according to their own power levels.
  • the problem of waste of resources caused by inaccurate measurement results of evaluating signal quality can be avoided.
  • the problem of limited uplink coverage caused by inaccurate evaluation signal quality measurement results can be avoided.
  • the method provided in this application can also be used in a scenario of sidelink (sidelink) communication. Details as follows:
  • FIG. 11 shows a flowchart of a random access method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 exemplifies that the method is applied to a first terminal and a second terminal supporting sidelink communication.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 1102 the first terminal receives side travel information sent by the second terminal.
  • Sidelink communication is a device-to-device communication method with high spectral efficiency and low transmission delay. Compared with Uu interface communication, sidelink communication has the characteristics of short delay and low overhead, which is very suitable for direct communication between terminal equipment and other terminal equipment with close geographic location. Two terminal equipment can communicate through sidelink for direct communication.
  • the maximum transmit power of the first terminal is lower than that of the second terminal.
  • the first terminal is a low-power terminal, and the second terminal is a common terminal.
  • the first terminal is a terminal with a power class other than 1, 1.5, 2, 3 and 5.
  • the first terminal is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is not 31, 29, 26, 23 and 20.
  • the first terminal is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is less than 20 dBm.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a connection relationship between a first terminal supporting sidelink communication and a second terminal provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • there are generally multiple remote terminals 1201 and one or more remote terminals 1201 may be distributed in a cell managed by each network device 1203 .
  • the number of relay terminals 1202 is generally multiple, and one or more relay terminals 1202 may be distributed in a cell managed by each network device 1203 .
  • the network device 1203 is a device for providing wireless communication functions for the remote terminal 1201 and the relay terminal 1202 .
  • the connection between the remote terminal 1201 and the relay terminal 1202 is established through a side link, and they can communicate with each other through a direct communication interface (such as a PC5 interface), and the relay terminal 1202 can broadcast network equipment to the remote terminal through the side link messages, thereby realizing network relay.
  • the network device 1203 and the relay terminal 1202 communicate with each other through a certain air technology, such as a Uu interface.
  • the sidelink information is the information of the network device forwarded by the second terminal, or the information generated by the second terminal.
  • the lateral information includes configuration information of the network device, and the network device sends the configuration information to the second terminal in a broadcast manner.
  • the side travel information is generated by the second terminal according to a preset rule.
  • the sidelink information includes one or more of the above-mentioned first configuration information, second configuration information, third configuration information, and second signal quality threshold.
  • Step 1104 the first terminal determines whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 from the network device according to the lateral information.
  • the first terminal can determine whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 to the network device according to the first signal quality threshold in the first configuration information.
  • the first terminal When the sidelink information includes the second configuration information, the first terminal combines the acquired second signal quality threshold with the information used to determine the first signal quality threshold in the second configuration information, or the information obtained according to the sidelink information.
  • the second signal quality threshold can determine the first signal quality threshold, so as to determine whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 to the network device according to the first signal quality threshold.
  • the first terminal When the sidelink information includes the third configuration information, the first terminal combines the obtained second signal quality threshold with the information for correcting the signal quality measurement result in the third configuration information, or the first terminal obtained according to the sidelink information.
  • the second signal quality threshold can determine the corrected signal quality measurement result, and determine whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 to the network device in combination with the second signal quality threshold.
  • the first terminal can determine the first information quality threshold according to the acquired first signal quality threshold or the information used to determine the first signal quality threshold, so that the first terminal can determine the first signal quality threshold according to the first The signal quality threshold determines whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 from the network device. Or, the first terminal determines the corrected signal quality measurement result according to the obtained information for correcting the signal quality measurement result, and determines whether to request the network device to repeat the message 3 in combination with the second signal quality threshold in the sidelink information transmission.
  • the first terminal in the process of determining whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 from the network device according to the side information, the first terminal will use the maximum transmission power of the first terminal, so as to determine whether to send the message 3 to the network in the most appropriate way.
  • the device requests a repeated transmission of message 3.
  • the first terminal can determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process to the network device according to the sidelink information, thereby realizing enhanced uplink coverage of mobile communication.
  • the difference between the maximum transmit power of the terminals can be considered, and the terminal with the lower maximum transmit power can more easily trigger the repeated transmission of the request Msg3, so as to achieve targeted enhancement of the uplink coverage of mobile communication.
  • the above method fully considers the differences in uplink coverage brought about by the differences in terminal power levels of different terminals, so that the terminals can more accurately determine whether to request message 3 for uplink coverage enhancement according to their own power levels.
  • the problem of waste of resources caused by inaccurate measurement results of evaluating signal quality can be avoided.
  • the problem of limited uplink coverage caused by inaccurate evaluation signal quality measurement results can be avoided.
  • Fig. 13 shows a block diagram of a random access device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 130 includes:
  • the determination module 1301 is configured to determine the signal quality measurement result on the serving cell.
  • the determining module 1301 is further configured to determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process to the network device according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal.
  • the determination module 1301 is used for:
  • the signal quality measurement result and the first signal quality threshold corresponding to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal it is determined whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 to the network device.
  • device 130 also includes:
  • the sending module 1302 is configured to send a PUSCH retransmission request of message 3 to the network device when the signal quality measurement result is less than the first signal quality threshold.
  • the method of determining whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 to the network device is the first method, the first method is different from the second method, and the second method is When the second terminal determines whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 from the network device, the maximum transmission power of the first terminal is lower than that of the second terminal.
  • device 130 also includes:
  • the receiving module 1303 is configured to receive the first signal quality threshold configured by the network device.
  • device 130 also includes:
  • the receiving module 1303 is configured to receive the second signal quality threshold configured by the network device.
  • a determination module 1301 configured to determine a first signal quality threshold according to the first offset value and the second signal quality threshold
  • the maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the second signal quality threshold is greater than the maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the first signal quality threshold.
  • the determination module 1301 is used for:
  • the determination module 1301 is used for:
  • the first offset value is determined by:
  • the first offset value is equal to min ⁇ 0, (P PowerClass - min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max )) ⁇ ;
  • the first offset value is equal to min ⁇ 0, (P PowerClass -P Max ) ⁇ ;
  • the first offset value is equal to min ⁇ 0, (P PowerClass -P PowerClass_ref ) ⁇ .
  • P PowerClass is the maximum transmission power of the first terminal.
  • P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device.
  • P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power class of the reference terminal.
  • the receiving module 1303 is used for:
  • a first offset value configured by a network device is received.
  • the receiving module 1303 is used for:
  • a second offset value configured by the network device is received.
  • a determining module 1301, configured to determine a first offset value according to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, the reference maximum transmit power, and the second offset value.
  • the determination module 1301 is used for:
  • the first offset value is determined by:
  • the first offset value is equal to min ⁇ 0, (P PowerClass +P offset -min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max )) ⁇ ;
  • the first offset value is equal to min ⁇ 0, (P PowerClass +P offset -P Max ) ⁇ ;
  • the first offset value is equal to min ⁇ 0, (P PowerClass +P offset -P PowerClass_ref ) ⁇ .
  • P PowerClass is the maximum transmit power of the first terminal.
  • P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device.
  • P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power class of the reference terminal.
  • P offset is the second offset value.
  • device 130 also includes:
  • the determination module 1301 is configured to correct the signal quality measurement result according to the third offset value, and determine the corrected signal quality measurement result.
  • the determining module 1301 is further configured to determine a second signal quality threshold.
  • the sending module 1302 is configured to send the PUSCH retransmission request of message 3 to the network device when the corrected signal quality measurement result is less than or equal to the second signal quality threshold.
  • the maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the second signal quality threshold is greater than the maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the first signal quality threshold.
  • the determination module 1301 is used for:
  • the determination module 1301 is used for:
  • the third offset value is equal to max ⁇ 0, (min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max ) ⁇ P PowerClass ) ⁇ ;
  • the third offset value is equal to max ⁇ 0, (P Max -P PowerClass ) ⁇ ;
  • the third offset value is equal to max ⁇ 0, (P PowerClass_ref -P PowerClass ) ⁇ .
  • P PowerClass is the maximum transmission power of the first terminal.
  • P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device.
  • P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power class of the reference terminal.
  • device 130 also includes:
  • the receiving module 1303 is configured to receive a third offset value configured by the network device.
  • device 130 also includes:
  • the receiving module 1303 is configured to receive a fourth offset value configured by the network device.
  • a determining module 1301, configured to determine a third offset value according to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, the reference maximum transmit power, and a fourth offset value.
  • the determination module 1301 is used for:
  • the third offset value is equal to max ⁇ 0, (min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max )-(P PowerClass +P offset )) ⁇ ;
  • the third offset value is equal to max ⁇ 0, (P Max -(P PowerClass +P offset )) ⁇ ;
  • the third offset value is equal to max ⁇ 0, (P PowerClass_ref - (P PowerClass +P offset )) ⁇ .
  • P PowerClass is the maximum transmission power of the first terminal.
  • P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device.
  • P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power class of the reference terminal.
  • P offset is the fourth offset value.
  • the signal quality measurement results include any of the following:
  • the RSRP measurement result on the target SSB is the SSB with the best measurement result or the SSB with the measurement result greater than the measurement threshold.
  • the power level of the first terminal does not include one of the following:
  • the maximum transmission power of the first terminal does not include any of the following:
  • the maximum transmit power of the first terminal is less than 20 dBm.
  • Fig. 14 shows a block diagram of a random access device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 140 includes:
  • the receiving module 1401 is configured to receive the repeated transmission request of message 3 in the random access procedure sent by the first terminal.
  • the repeated transmission request of message 3 is determined by the first terminal according to the signal quality measurement result on the serving cell and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal.
  • the request for repeated transmission of message 3 is determined by the first terminal according to the signal quality measurement result and the first signal quality threshold corresponding to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal.
  • the first terminal determines, according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmission power, that the determination method for requesting repeated transmission of the message 3 to the network device is the first method, and the first method is different from the second method, and the second method
  • the manner is the manner in which the second terminal determines to request repeated transmission of the message 3 from the network device, and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal is lower than that of the second terminal.
  • device 140 also includes:
  • a sending module 1402 configured to configure a first signal quality threshold for the first terminal
  • the sending module 1402 is further configured to configure a second signal quality threshold and information for determining the first offset value for the first terminal;
  • the sending module 1402 is further configured to configure the second signal quality threshold and the first offset value for the first terminal.
  • the first offset value and the second signal quality threshold are used to determine the first signal quality threshold, and the maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the second signal quality threshold is greater than the maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the first signal quality threshold.
  • the sending module 1402 is used for:
  • the first corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels and different signal quality thresholds, and the first corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the first terminal and the first signal quality threshold.
  • the sending module 1402 is used for:
  • the first corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels and different signal quality thresholds, and the first corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the first terminal and the first signal quality threshold.
  • the information used to determine the first offset value includes at least one of the following information:
  • the sending module 1402 is used for:
  • the second corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels and different first offset values, and the second corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the first terminal and the first offset value.
  • the sending module 1402 is used for:
  • the second corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels and different first offset values, and the second corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the first terminal and the first offset value.
  • the information used to determine the first offset value includes at least one of the following information:
  • the second offset value, the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell, and the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power level of the reference terminal are the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell, and the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power level of the reference terminal.
  • the repeated transmission request of message 3 is determined by the first terminal according to the corrected signal quality measurement result and the second signal quality threshold.
  • the corrected signal quality measurement result is determined by the first terminal correcting the signal quality measurement result according to the third offset value, and the maximum transmission power of the terminal device corresponding to the second signal quality threshold is greater than that corresponding to the first signal quality threshold.
  • the maximum transmit power of the terminal equipment is determined by the first terminal correcting the signal quality measurement result according to the third offset value, and the maximum transmission power of the terminal device corresponding to the second signal quality threshold is greater than that corresponding to the first signal quality threshold. The maximum transmit power of the terminal equipment.
  • device 140 also includes:
  • a sending module 1402 configured to configure a second signal quality threshold and information for determining a third offset value for the first terminal
  • the sending module 1402 is further configured to configure a second signal quality threshold and a third offset value for the first terminal.
  • the information used to determine the third offset value includes at least one of the following information:
  • the sending module 1402 is used for:
  • the third corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels and different third offset values, and the third corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the first terminal and the third offset value.
  • the sending module 1402 is used for:
  • the third corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels and different third offset values, and the third corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the first terminal and the third offset value.
  • the information used to determine the third offset value includes at least one of the following information:
  • the fourth offset value, the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell, and the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power level of the reference terminal are the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell, and the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power level of the reference terminal.
  • the signal quality measurement results include any of the following:
  • the RSRP measurement result on the target SSB where the target SSB is the SSB with the best measurement result or the SSB with the measurement result greater than the measurement threshold.
  • the reference power is equal to P Max ;
  • Reference power is equal to PPowerClass_ref ;
  • the reference power is equal to min(P Max , P PowerClass_ref ).
  • P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device.
  • P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power class of the reference terminal.
  • the power level of the first terminal does not include one of the following:
  • the maximum transmission power of the first terminal does not include any of the following:
  • the maximum transmit power of the first terminal is less than 20 dBm.
  • the device provided by the above embodiment realizes its functions, it only uses the division of the above-mentioned functional modules as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned function allocation can be completed by different functional modules according to actual needs. That is, the content structure of the device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
  • FIG. 15 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device (terminal device or network device) provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 150 includes: a processor 1501, a receiver 1502, a transmitter 1503, a memory 1504 and a bus 1505 .
  • the processor 1501 includes one or more processing cores, and the processor 1501 executes various functional applications and information processing by running software programs and modules.
  • the receiver 1502 and the transmitter 1503 can be implemented as a communication component, which can be a communication chip.
  • the memory 1504 is connected to the processor 1501 through the bus 1505 .
  • the memory 1504 may be used to store at least one instruction, and the processor 1501 is used to execute the at least one instruction, so as to implement various steps in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • volatile or non-volatile storage device includes but not limited to: magnetic disk or optical disk, electrically erasable and programmable Read Only Memory (Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory, EEPROM), Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory, EPROM), Static Random Access Memory (SRAM), Read Only Memory (Read -Only Memory, ROM), magnetic memory, flash memory, programmable read-only memory (Programmable Read-Only Memory, PROM).
  • EEPROM Electrically erasable and programmable Read Only Memory
  • EPROM Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory
  • SRAM Static Random Access Memory
  • PROM Programmable Read-Only Memory
  • the processor and the transceiver in the communication device involved in the embodiment of the present application may perform the steps performed by the terminal device in the method shown in any of the above method embodiments, where No longer.
  • the processor and the transceiver in the communication device involved in the embodiment of the present application can perform the steps performed by the network device in any of the above-mentioned methods, which will not be repeated here. .
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set or an instruction set, the at least one instruction, the At least one program, the code set or the instruction set is loaded and executed by the processor to implement the random access method performed by the communication device provided in the above method embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, the chip includes a programmable logic circuit and/or program instructions, and when the chip runs on the communication device, it is used to implement the random access method performed by the communication device as described above .
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, which enables the communication device to execute the above random access method when the computer program product runs on the communication device.
  • the functions described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by hardware, software, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium.
  • Computer-readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another.
  • a storage media may be any available media that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to the field of mobile communications, and provides a random access method and apparatus, a device and a storage medium. The method comprises: a first terminal determines a signal quality measurement result on a serving cell; and the first terminal determines, according to the signal quality measurement result and maximum transmitted power of the first terminal, whether to request for repeated transmission of a message 3 in a random access process from a network device. The first terminal can determine, according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmitted power of the first terminal, whether to request for the repeated transmission of the message 3 in the random access process from the network device, so as to implement enhancement of uplink coverage of the mobile communication. In such process, the difference in the maximum transmitted power of the terminal can be considered, such that it is easier for the terminal having the lower maximum transmitted power to trigger the request for the repeated transmission of the Msg3, thereby implementing targeted enhancement of the upper coverage of the mobile communication.

Description

随机接入方法、装置、设备及存储介质Random access method, device, equipment and storage medium 技术领域technical field
本申请涉及移动通信领域,特别涉及一种随机接入方法、装置、设备及存储介质。The present application relates to the field of mobile communication, in particular to a random access method, device, equipment and storage medium.
背景技术Background technique
网络的覆盖是移动通信网络的主要网络性能之一。与长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)相比,第五代移动通信技术(5th Generation Mobile Communication Technology,5G)的工作频段更高。工作频段越高,信号经历的路径损耗越大,会导致覆盖范围变小。Network coverage is one of the main network performances of a mobile communication network. Compared with Long Term Evolution (LTE), the working frequency band of 5th Generation Mobile Communication Technology (5G) is higher. The higher the operating frequency band, the greater the path loss experienced by the signal, resulting in reduced coverage.
通常网络设备的发射功率远大于终端的发射功率,因此在网络的覆盖中上行覆盖受限的问题更为严重。为了解决上述问题,R17(Release17)中提出了针对物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,PUSCH)的覆盖增强和针对物理上行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel,PUCCH)的覆盖增强。对于PUSCH,可以通过使用重复传输机制来增强上行覆盖。Generally, the transmission power of the network equipment is much greater than that of the terminal, so the problem of limited uplink coverage in the network coverage is more serious. In order to solve the above problems, R17 (Release17) proposed coverage enhancement for Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) and coverage enhancement for Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH). For PUSCH, uplink coverage can be enhanced by using a repeated transmission mechanism.
对于终端设备如何判定是否向网络设备请求消息3(Message 3,Msg3)的PUSCH重复传输,还需要进一步讨论研究。Further discussion and research are needed on how the terminal device determines whether to request the network device for repeated PUSCH transmission of Message 3 (Msg3).
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供了一种随机接入方法、装置、设备及存储介质。所述技术方案如下。The present application provides a random access method, device, equipment and storage medium. The technical scheme is as follows.
根据本申请的一方面,提供了一种随机接入方法,所述方法包括:According to an aspect of the present application, a random access method is provided, the method comprising:
第一终端确定服务小区上的信号质量测量结果;The first terminal determines a signal quality measurement result on the serving cell;
所述第一终端根据所述信号质量测量结果和所述第一终端的最大发射功率,确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输。The first terminal determines, according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process to the network device.
根据本申请的另一方面,提供了一种随机接入方法,所述方法包括:According to another aspect of the present application, a random access method is provided, the method comprising:
网络设备接收第一终端发送的随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输请求;The network device receives the repeated transmission request of message 3 in the random access process sent by the first terminal;
其中,所述消息3的重复传输请求是所述第一终端根据服务小区上的信号质量测量结果和所述第一终端的最大发射功率确定的。Wherein, the repeated transmission request of the message 3 is determined by the first terminal according to the signal quality measurement result on the serving cell and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal.
根据本申请的另一方面,提供了一种随机接入装置,所述装置包括:According to another aspect of the present application, a random access device is provided, and the device includes:
确定模块,用于确定服务小区上的信号质量测量结果;A determining module, configured to determine a signal quality measurement result on the serving cell;
所述确定模块,还用于根据所述信号质量测量结果和第一终端的最大发射功率,确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输。The determination module is further configured to determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process to the network device according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal.
根据本申请的另一方面,提供了一种随机接入装置,所述装置包括:According to another aspect of the present application, a random access device is provided, and the device includes:
接收模块,用于接收第一终端发送的随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输请求;The receiving module is configured to receive the repeated transmission request of message 3 in the random access process sent by the first terminal;
其中,所述消息3的重复传输请求是所述第一终端根据服务小区上的信号质量测量结果和所述第一终端的最大发射功率确定的。Wherein, the repeated transmission request of the message 3 is determined by the first terminal according to the signal quality measurement result on the serving cell and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal.
根据本申请的另一方面,提供了一种终端,所述终端包括:处理器;与所述处理器相连的收发器;用于存储所述处理器的可执行指令的存储器;其中,所述处理器被配置为加载并执行所述可执行指令以实现如上述方面所述的随机接入方法。According to another aspect of the present application, a terminal is provided, and the terminal includes: a processor; a transceiver connected to the processor; a memory for storing executable instructions of the processor; wherein, the The processor is configured to load and execute the executable instructions to implement the random access method as described in the above aspect.
根据本申请的另一方面,提供了一种网络设备,所述网络设备包括:处理器;与所述处理器相连的收发器;用于存储所述处理器的可执行指令的存储器;其中,所述处理器被配置为加载并执行所述可执行指令以实现如上述方面所述的随机接入方法。According to another aspect of the present application, a network device is provided, and the network device includes: a processor; a transceiver connected to the processor; a memory for storing executable instructions of the processor; wherein, The processor is configured to load and execute the executable instructions to implement the random access method as described in the above aspect.
根据本申请的另一方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质中存储有可执行指令,所述可执行指令由所述处理器加载并执行以实现如上述方面所述的随机接入方法。According to another aspect of the present application, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, wherein executable instructions are stored in the readable storage medium, and the executable instructions are loaded and executed by the processor to implement the above-mentioned aspects. The random access method described above.
根据本申请的另一方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述可读存储介质中存储有可执行指令,所述可执行指令由所述处理器加载并执行以实现如上述方面所述的随机接入方法。According to another aspect of the present application, a computer program product is provided, wherein executable instructions are stored in the readable storage medium, and the executable instructions are loaded and executed by the processor to implement the above aspects random access method.
根据本申请的另一方面,提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括可编程逻辑电路和/或程序指令,当所述芯片在计算机设备上运行时,用于实现上述方面所述的随机接入方法。According to another aspect of the present application, a chip is provided, the chip includes a programmable logic circuit and/or program instructions, and when the chip is run on a computer device, it is used to realize the random access described in the above aspect method.
本申请提供的技术方案至少包括如下有益效果:The technical solution provided by the application at least includes the following beneficial effects:
通过第一终端能够根据信号质量测量结果和第一终端的最大发射功率,来确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输,从而实现移动通信的上行覆盖增强。在此过程中能够考虑终端的最大发射功率之间的差异,能够实现使最大发射功率较低的终端,更容易触发请求Msg3的重复传输,从而实现有针对性地增强移动通信的上行覆盖。The first terminal can determine whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 in the random access process to the network device according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmission power of the first terminal, so as to realize uplink coverage enhancement of mobile communication. In this process, the difference between the maximum transmission powers of the terminals can be considered, so that the terminal with the lower maximum transmission power can more easily trigger the repeated transmission of the request Msg3, so as to realize targeted enhancement of the uplink coverage of the mobile communication.
附图说明Description of drawings
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例中的技术方案,下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application, the drawings that need to be used in the description of the embodiments will be briefly introduced below. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are only some embodiments of the present application. For those skilled in the art, other drawings can also be obtained based on these drawings without creative effort.
图1是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的随机接入的过程的示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a random access process provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信系统的系统架构的示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture of a communication system provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的随机接入方法的流程图;FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a random access method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的随机接入方法的流程图;FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a random access method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的随机接入方法的流程图;FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a random access method provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输的过程的示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a process of determining whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 from a network device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的随机接入方法的流程图;FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a random access method provided in an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输的过程的示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a process of determining whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 from a network device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的随机接入方法的流程图;FIG. 9 is a flowchart of a random access method provided in an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输的过程的示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a process of determining whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 from a network device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的随机接入方法的流程图;FIG. 11 is a flowchart of a random access method provided in an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的支持侧行链路通信的第一终端和第二终端的连接关系的示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a connection relationship between a first terminal supporting sidelink communication and a second terminal provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的随机接入装置的框图;Fig. 13 is a block diagram of a random access device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的随机接入装置的框图;Fig. 14 is a block diagram of a random access device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application;
图15是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信设备的结构示意图。Fig. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为使本申请的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请实施方式作进一步地详细描述。In order to make the purpose, technical solution and advantages of the present application clearer, the implementation manners of the present application will be further described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
这里将详细地对示例性实施例进行说明,其示例表示在附图中。下面的描述涉及附图时,除非另有表示,不同附图中的相同数字表示相同或相似的要素。以下示例性实施例中所描述的实施方式并不代表与本发明相一致的所有实施方式。相反,它们仅是与如所附权利要求书中所详述的、本发明的一些方面相一致的装置和方法的例子。Reference will now be made in detail to the exemplary embodiments, examples of which are illustrated in the accompanying drawings. When the following description refers to the accompanying drawings, the same numerals in different drawings refer to the same or similar elements unless otherwise indicated. The implementations described in the following exemplary examples do not represent all implementations consistent with the present invention. Rather, they are merely examples of apparatuses and methods consistent with aspects of the invention as recited in the appended claims.
在本公开使用的术语是仅仅出于描述特定实施例的目的,而非旨在限制本公开。在本公开和所附权利要求书中所使用的单数形式的“一种”、“所述”和“该”也旨在包括多数形式,除非上下文清楚地表示其他含义。还应当理解,本文中使用的术语“和/或”是指并包含一个或多个相关联的列出项目的任何或所有可能组合。The terminology used in the present disclosure is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to limit the present disclosure. As used in this disclosure and the appended claims, the singular forms "a", "the", and "the" are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. It should also be understood that the term "and/or" as used herein refers to and includes any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items.
应当理解,尽管在本公开可能采用术语第一、第二、第三等来描述各种信息,但这些信息不应限于这些术语。这些术语仅用来将同一类型的信息彼此区分开。例如,在不脱离本公开范围的情况下,第一信息也可以被称为第二信息,类似地,第二信息也可以被称为第一信息。取决于语境,如在此所使用的词语“如果”可以被解释成为“在……时”或“当……时”或“响应于确定”。It should be understood that although the terms first, second, third, etc. may be used in the present disclosure to describe various information, the information should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish information of the same type from one another. For example, without departing from the scope of the present disclosure, first information may also be called second information, and similarly, second information may also be called first information. Depending on the context, the word "if" as used herein may be interpreted as "at" or "when" or "in response to a determination."
对无线资源控制状态进行介绍:Introduce the radio resource control state:
随着对移动通信网络的速率、延迟、高速移动性、能效的追求不断提升,以及未来生活中业务的多样性、复杂性,第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd Generation Partnership Project,3GPP)国际标准组织开启了对5G的研发。5G的主要应用场景包括:增强移动宽带(Enhanced Mobile Broadband,eMBB)、低时延高可靠通信(Ultra Reliable Low Latency Communications,URLLC)以及大规模机器通信(massive Machine Type of Communication,mMTC)。With the continuous improvement of the speed, delay, high-speed mobility, and energy efficiency of mobile communication networks, as well as the diversity and complexity of services in future life, the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) international standards organization Started the research and development of 5G. The main application scenarios of 5G include: Enhanced Mobile Broadband (eMBB), Ultra Reliable Low Latency Communications (URLLC), and massive Machine Type of Communication (mMTC).
新空口(New Radio,NR)可以独立部署。在5G网络环境中,为了实现降低空口信令,快速恢复无线连接,以及快速恢复数据业务的目的,定义一个新的无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)状态,具体为RRC非活跃(RRC_INACTIVE)状态,这种状态有别于RRC空闲(RRC_IDLE)状态和RRC活跃(RRC_ACTIVE)状态。其中,每种RRC状态能够反映一种网络连接状态,并且描述了网络设备和终端如何处理终端移动、寻呼消息和系统信息广播。New air interface (New Radio, NR) can be deployed independently. In the 5G network environment, in order to achieve the purpose of reducing air interface signaling, quickly restoring wireless connections, and quickly restoring data services, a new Radio Resource Control (RRC) state is defined, specifically RRC_INACTIVE state, which is different from the RRC idle (RRC_IDLE) state and the RRC active (RRC_ACTIVE) state. Wherein, each RRC state can reflect a network connection state, and describes how the network device and the terminal handle terminal movement, paging message and system information broadcast.
RRC_IDLE:RRC_IDLE状态中的移动性指基于终端的小区选择重选。寻呼由核心网(Core Network,CN)设备发起,寻呼区域由CN设备配置。基站不存在终端接入层(Access Stratum,AS)上下文。不存在RRC连接。RRC_IDLE: Mobility in the RRC_IDLE state refers to terminal-based cell selection reselection. Paging is initiated by the Core Network (CN) device, and the paging area is configured by the CN device. The base station does not have a terminal access stratum (Access Stratum, AS) context. There is no RRC connection.
RRC_CONNECTED:RRC_IDLE状态中存在RRC连接,基站和终端存在终端AS上下文。网络设备确定的终端的位置是小区级别的。移动性指网络设备控制的移动性。终端和基站之间可以传输单播数据。RRC_CONNECTED: There is an RRC connection in the RRC_IDLE state, and the base station and the terminal have a terminal AS context. The location of the terminal determined by the network device is at the cell level. Mobility refers to mobility controlled by network devices. Unicast data can be transmitted between the terminal and the base station.
RRC_INACTIVE:RRC_IDLE状态中的移动性指基于终端的小区选择重选,存在CN和NR之间的连接,终端AS上下文存在某个基站上,寻呼由无线接入网(Random Access Network,RAN)触发,基于RAN的寻呼区域由RAN管理,网络设备确定的终端的位置是基于RAN的寻呼区域级别的。RRC_INACTIVE: Mobility in the RRC_IDLE state refers to cell selection and reselection based on the terminal, there is a connection between CN and NR, the terminal AS context exists on a base station, and paging is triggered by the radio access network (Random Access Network, RAN) , the RAN-based paging area is managed by the RAN, and the location of the terminal determined by the network device is based on the paging area level of the RAN.
对低功率终端进行介绍:Introduction to low power terminals:
在R17中,NR引入低能力(Reduced Capability,RedCap)设备(低功率终端),目前RedCap设备的应用主要包括三个场景:In R17, NR introduces low-capability (Reduced Capability, RedCap) devices (low-power terminals). Currently, the application of RedCap devices mainly includes three scenarios:
工业无线传感器(Industrial Wireless Sensors):和URLLC相比,工业无线传感器,具有相对低要求的时延和可靠性。同时工业无线传感器的成本和功耗也比URLLC和eMBB低。Industrial Wireless Sensors (Industrial Wireless Sensors): Compared with URLLC, industrial wireless sensors have relatively low latency and reliability requirements. At the same time, the cost and power consumption of industrial wireless sensors are lower than those of URLLC and eMBB.
视频监控(Video surveillance):主要用在智慧城市,工业工厂等视讯监控场景。例如在智慧城市中通过视频监控实现数据收集和处理,可以更有效的进行城市资源的监测和控制,给城市居民提供更有效的服务。Video surveillance (Video surveillance): mainly used in video surveillance scenarios such as smart cities and industrial factories. For example, data collection and processing through video surveillance in smart cities can more effectively monitor and control urban resources and provide more effective services to urban residents.
可穿戴设备(Wearables):包括智能手表、手环、电子健康设备以及一些医疗监测设备等。这些设备的一个共性就是尺寸较小。Wearables: including smart watches, bracelets, electronic health equipment, and some medical monitoring equipment. One commonality among these devices is their small size.
对于低功率终端,节能是一个很重要的技术指标,尤其对于工业无线传感器等设备。For low-power terminals, energy saving is a very important technical indicator, especially for equipment such as industrial wireless sensors.
对NR的随机接入过程进行介绍:Introduce the random access process of NR:
在随机接入过程主要有如下事件触发:During the random access process, the following events are mainly triggered:
·终端初始接入时建立无线连接:终端从RRC_IDLE状态切换至RRC_CONNECTED状态。Establish a wireless connection when the terminal initially accesses: the terminal switches from the RRC_IDLE state to the RRC_CONNECTED state.
·RRC连接重建过程:以便终端在无线链路失败后重建无线连接。· RRC connection re-establishment process: so that the terminal re-establishes the wireless connection after the wireless link fails.
·小区切换:终端需要与新的小区建立上行同步。·Cell switching: The terminal needs to establish uplink synchronization with a new cell.
·在RRC_CONNECTED状态下,下行链路(DownLink,DL)数据到达,此时UL处于失步状态。· In the RRC_CONNECTED state, the downlink (DownLink, DL) data arrives, and the UL is in an out-of-sync state at this time.
·在RRC_CONNECTED状态下,上行链路(UpLink,UL)数据到达,此时UL处于失步状态或者没有用于发送调度请求(Scheduling Request,SR)的PUCCH资源。·In the RRC_CONNECTED state, the uplink (UpLink, UL) data arrives, and at this time, the UL is in an out-of-sync state or there is no PUCCH resource for sending a scheduling request (Scheduling Request, SR).
·SR失败。· SR failed.
·来自RRC的同步重配置请求。• Synchronous Reconfiguration Request from RRC.
·UE从RRC_INACTIVE态转换为RRC_CONNECTED态The UE transitions from the RRC_INACTIVE state to the RRC_CONNECTED state
·在辅小区(Secondary Cell,SCell)添加过程中建立时间校准。Establish time alignment during the secondary cell (Secondary Cell, SCell) addition process.
·请求其他系统消息(System Information,SI)。· Request other system information (System Information, SI).
·波束失败恢复。· Beam failure recovery.
在NR中,主要支持两种随机接入方式,分别为基于竞争的随机接入方式和基于非竞争的随机接入方式。图1是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的随机接入的过程的示意图。如图1所示,基于竞争的随机接入过程分为4步,基于非竞争的随机接入过程分为2步。详细的步骤如下:In NR, two random access methods are mainly supported, namely the contention-based random access method and the non-contention-based random access method. Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a random access process provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 1, the contention-based random access process is divided into 4 steps, and the non-contention-based random access process is divided into 2 steps. The detailed steps are as follows:
(1)终端设备向网络设备发送消息1(Message 1,Msg1)。(1) The terminal device sends message 1 (Message 1, Msg1) to the network device.
终端设备选择物理随机接入信道(Physical Random Access Channel,PRACH)资源,并在选择的PRACH上发送选择的前导码(preamble)。如果是基于非竞争的随机接入,PRACH资源和preamble可以由网络设备指定。网络设备基于preamble可以估计上行Timing(定时),和终端传输Msg3所需要的调度(grant)大小。The terminal device selects a physical random access channel (Physical Random Access Channel, PRACH) resource, and sends a selected preamble (preamble) on the selected PRACH. If it is random access based on non-contention, the PRACH resource and preamble can be specified by the network device. Based on the preamble, the network device can estimate the uplink Timing (timing) and the size of the scheduling (grant) required by the terminal to transmit the Msg3.
(2)网络设备发送随机接入响应(Random Access Response,RAR)给终端设备。(2) The network device sends a random access response (Random Access Response, RAR) to the terminal device.
终端设备发送Msg1之后,会开启一个随机接入响应时间窗,在该随机接入响应时间窗内监测随机接入无线网络临时标识(Random Access Radio Network Temporary Identifier,RA-RNTI)加扰的物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)。RA-RNTI的计算公式如下:After the terminal device sends Msg1, it will open a random access response time window, and monitor the random access radio network temporary identifier (Random Access Radio Network Temporary Identifier, RA-RNTI) scrambled physical downlink within the random access response time window Control Channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH). The calculation formula of RA-RNTI is as follows:
RA-RNTI=1+s_id+14×t_id+14×80×f_id+14×80×8×ul_carrier_id;RA-RNTI=1+s_id+14×t_id+14×80×f_id+14×80×8×ul_carrier_id;
其中,s_id是PRACH时机的第一个正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,OFDM)符号的索引(0≤s_id<14)。t_id是系统帧中PRACH时机的第一个时隙的索引(0≤t_id<80)。f_id为频域中PRACH时机的索引(0≤f_id<8)。ul_carrier_id是用于随机接入preamble传输的UL载波。Wherein, s_id is the index of the first Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol of the PRACH occasion (0≤s_id<14). t_id is the index of the first slot of the PRACH occasion in the system frame (0≤t_id<80). f_id is the index of the PRACH opportunity in the frequency domain (0≤f_id<8). ul_carrier_id is the UL carrier used for random access preamble transmission.
RA-RNTI跟终端设备发送Msg1所使用的PRACH时频资源有关。The RA-RNTI is related to the PRACH time-frequency resource used by the terminal equipment to send Msg1.
终端设备成功接收到RA-RNTI加扰的PDCCH之后,终端设备能够获得该PDCCH调度的物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH),其中包含了RAR,RAR具体包含以下信息:After the terminal device successfully receives the PDCCH scrambled by the RA-RNTI, the terminal device can obtain the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) scheduled by the PDCCH, which contains the RAR, and the RAR specifically includes the following information:
RAR的包头(subheader)中包含回退指示(Backoff Indicator,BI),用于指示重传Msg1的回退时间;The header (subheader) of the RAR contains a backoff indicator (Backoff Indicator, BI), which is used to indicate the backoff time for retransmitting Msg1;
RAR中的随机接入前导码标识(Random Access Preamble Identity Document,RAPID):网络设备响应收到的前导码指示(preamble index);Random Access Preamble Identity Document (RAPID) in RAR: The network device responds to the received preamble index (preamble index);
RAR的载荷(payload)中包含了定时提前组(Timing Advance Group,TAG),用于调整上行定时;The RAR payload (payload) contains a Timing Advance Group (TAG), which is used to adjust the uplink timing;
上行调度(Uplink grant,UL grant):用于调度Msg3的上行资源指示;Uplink scheduling (Uplink grant, UL grant): used to schedule the uplink resource indication of Msg3;
临时小区无线网络临时标识(Temporary Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier,TC-RNTI):用于加 扰消息4(Message 4,Msg4)的PDCCH(初始接入)。Temporary Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier (TC-RNTI): used to scramble the PDCCH (initial access) of Message 4 (Message 4, Msg4).
如果终端设备接收到随机接入响应无线网络临时标识(Random Access Response Radio Network Temporary Identifier,RAR-RNTI)加扰的PDCCH,并且RAR中包含了自己发送的preamble index,则终端设备认为成功接收了随机接入响应。If the terminal device receives the PDCCH scrambled by the Random Access Response Radio Network Temporary Identifier (RAR-RNTI), and the RAR contains the preamble index sent by itself, the terminal device considers that the random access response has been successfully received. Access response.
对于基于非竞争的随机接入,终端设备成功接收消息2(Message 2,Msg2)后,随机接入过程结束。对于基于竞争的随机接入,终端设备成功接收Msg2后,还需要继续传输Msg3和接收Msg4。For non-contention based random access, after the terminal device successfully receives Message 2 (Message 2, Msg2), the random access process ends. For contention-based random access, after the terminal device successfully receives Msg2, it needs to continue to transmit Msg3 and receive Msg4.
(3)终端设备在网络设备调度资源上传输Msg3。(3) The terminal device transmits Msg3 on the network device scheduling resource.
Msg3主要用于通知网络设备该随机接入信道(Random Access Channel,RACH)过程是由什么事件触发。比如,如果是初始接入随机过程,则在Msg3中会携带终端标识和建立原因(establishment cause);如果是RRC重建,则会携带连接态终端标识和establishment cause。Msg3 is mainly used to notify the network device of what event triggers the random access channel (Random Access Channel, RACH) process. For example, if it is an initial access random process, Msg3 will carry the terminal identifier and establishment cause; if it is RRC reconstruction, it will carry the connection state terminal identifier and establishment cause.
(4)网络设备向终端设备发送Msg4。(4) The network device sends Msg4 to the terminal device.
Msg4有两个作用,一个是用于竞争冲突解决,第二是网络设备向终端设备传输RRC配置消息。竞争冲突解决有以下两种方式:一种是如果终端设备在Msg3中携带了小区无线网络临时标识(Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier,C-RNTI),则Msg4用C-RNTI加扰的PDCCH调度。另一种是如果终端设备在Msg3中没有携带C-RNTI,比如是初始接入,则Msg4用TC-RNTI加扰的PDCCH调度,冲突的解决是终端设备接收Msg4的PDSCH,通过匹配PDSCH中的公共控制信道服务数据单元(Common Control Channel Service Data Unit,CCCH SDU)实现。Msg4 has two functions, one is for contention conflict resolution, and the other is for the network device to transmit the RRC configuration message to the terminal device. There are two methods for contention conflict resolution: one is that if the terminal device carries a Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier (C-RNTI) in Msg3, then Msg4 uses the PDCCH scheduling scrambled by the C-RNTI. The other is that if the terminal device does not carry C-RNTI in Msg3, such as initial access, Msg4 uses TC-RNTI scrambled PDCCH scheduling, and the conflict resolution is that the terminal device receives the PDSCH of Msg4 and matches the PDSCH in the PDSCH Common Control Channel Service Data Unit (Common Control Channel Service Data Unit, CCCH SDU) implementation.
对NR的上行覆盖增强进行介绍:Introduce the uplink coverage enhancement of NR:
移动通信网络的覆盖是运营商关注的主要网络性能之一。与LTE相比,5G工作在更高的频段。例如:对于频率范围1(Frequency Rang 1,FR1),工作频段为3.5GHz;对于频率范围2(Frequency Rang 2,FR2),工作频段可能高达28GHz或者39GHz。工作频段越高,信号经历的路径损耗越大,导致网络覆盖范围变小。通常网络设备的发射功率远大于终端设备的发射功率,因此网络的上行覆盖面临更严重的覆盖受限的问题。为了解决上述问题,R17中提出了覆盖增强项目,主要目标是研究时分双工(Time Division Duplexing,TDD)/频分双工(Frequency Division Duplexing,FDD)下适用于FR1和FR2的上行覆盖增强技术,包括针对PUSCH的覆盖增强和针对PUCCH的覆盖增强。对于PUSCH,可以通过使用重复传输机制来提升上行覆盖。The coverage of the mobile communication network is one of the main network performances concerned by operators. Compared with LTE, 5G works in a higher frequency band. For example: for frequency range 1 (Frequency Rang 1, FR1), the working frequency band is 3.5GHz; for frequency range 2 (Frequency Rang 2, FR2), the working frequency band may be as high as 28GHz or 39GHz. The higher the operating frequency band, the greater the path loss experienced by the signal, resulting in reduced network coverage. Usually, the transmission power of the network equipment is much greater than that of the terminal equipment, so the uplink coverage of the network faces a more serious coverage limitation problem. In order to solve the above problems, the coverage enhancement project was proposed in R17, the main goal is to study the uplink coverage enhancement technology applicable to FR1 and FR2 under Time Division Duplexing (TDD)/Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) , including coverage enhancement for PUSCH and coverage enhancement for PUCCH. For PUSCH, uplink coverage can be improved by using a repeated transmission mechanism.
图2示出了本申请一个实施例提供的通信系统的系统架构的示意图。该系统架构可以包括:终端设备10、接入网设备20和核心网设备30。Fig. 2 shows a schematic diagram of a system architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. The system architecture may include: a terminal device 10 , an access network device 20 and a core network device 30 .
终端设备10可以指UE(User Equipment,用户设备)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。可选地,终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、SIP(Session Initiation Protocol,会话启动协议)电话、WLL(Wireless Local Loop,无线本地环路)站、PDA(Personal Digita1 Assistant,个人数字处理)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,5GS(5th Generation System,第五代移动通信系统)中的终端设备或者未来演进的PLMN(Pub1ic Land Mobi1e Network,公用陆地移动通信网络)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。为方便描述,上面提到的设备统称为终端设备。终端设备10的数量通常为多个,每一个接入网设备20所管理的小区内可以分布一个或多个终端设备10。The terminal device 10 may refer to a UE (User Equipment, user equipment), an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a wireless communication device, a user agent or a user device. Optionally, the terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a SIP (Session Initiation Protocol, session initiation protocol) phone, a WLL (Wireless Local Loop, wireless local loop) station, a PDA (Personal Digital Assistant, personal digital processing) , handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5GS (5th Generation System, fifth-generation mobile communication system) or future evolution of PLMN (Public Land Mobile Network, public land mobile communication network) terminal equipment, etc., this embodiment of the present application is not limited to this. For convenience of description, the devices mentioned above are collectively referred to as terminal devices. The number of terminal devices 10 is generally multiple, and one or more terminal devices 10 may be distributed in a cell managed by each access network device 20 .
接入网设备20是一种部署在接入网中用以为终端设备10提供无线通信功能的设备。接入网设备20可以包括各种形式的宏基站,微基站,中继站,接入点等等。在采用不同的无线接入技术的系统中,具备接入网设备功能的设备的名称可能会有所不同,例如在5G NR系统中,称为gNodeB或者gNB。随着通信技术的演进,“接入网设备”这一名称可能会变化。为方便描述,本申请实施例中,上述为终端设备10提供无线通信功能的装置统称为接入网设备。可选地,通过接入网设备20,终端设备10和核心网设备30之间可以建立通信关系。示例性地,在LTE系统中,接入网设备20可以是EUTRAN(Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network,演进的通用陆地无线网)或者EUTRAN中的一个或者多个eNodeB;在5G NR系统中,接入网设备20可以是RAN或者RAN中的一个或者多个gNB。The access network device 20 is a device deployed in an access network to provide a wireless communication function for the terminal device 10 . The access network device 20 may include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, access points, and so on. In systems using different wireless access technologies, the names of devices with access network device functions may be different. For example, in 5G NR systems, they are called gNodeB or gNB. With the evolution of communication technology, the name "access network equipment" may change. For the convenience of description, in the embodiment of the present application, the above-mentioned devices that provide the wireless communication function for the terminal device 10 are collectively referred to as access network devices. Optionally, a communication relationship may be established between the terminal device 10 and the core network device 30 through the access network device 20 . Exemplarily, in the LTE system, the access network device 20 may be EUTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network, Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Network) or one or more eNodeBs in EUTRAN; in the 5G NR system, the access The network device 20 may be the RAN or one or more gNBs in the RAN.
核心网设备30的功能主要是提供用户连接、对用户的管理以及对业务完成承载,作为承载网络提供到外部网络的接口。例如,5G NR系统中的核心网设备可以包括AMF(Access and Mobility Management Function,接入和移动性管理功能)实体、UPF(User Plane Function,用户平面功能)实体和SMF(Session Management Function,会话管理功能)实体等设备。接入网设备20和核心网设备30可统称为网络设备。The functions of the core network device 30 are mainly to provide user connections, manage users, and carry out services, and provide an interface to external networks as a bearer network. For example, the core network equipment in the 5G NR system can include AMF (Access and Mobility Management Function, access and mobility management function) entity, UPF (User Plane Function, user plane function) entity and SMF (Session Management Function, session management function) entity and other equipment. The access network device 20 and the core network device 30 may be collectively referred to as network devices.
在一个示例中,接入网设备20与核心网设备30之间通过某种空中技术相互通信,例如5G NR系统中的NG接口。接入网设备20与终端设备10之间通过某种空中技术互相通信,例如Uu接口。In an example, the access network device 20 and the core network device 30 communicate with each other through some air technology, such as the NG interface in the 5G NR system. The access network device 20 and the terminal device 10 communicate with each other through a certain air technology, such as a Uu interface.
图3示出了本申请一个实施例提供的随机接入方法的流程图。图3以该方法应用于图2所示的通信系 统中的终端设备来举例说明。该方法包括:Fig. 3 shows a flowchart of a random access method provided by an embodiment of the present application. Fig. 3 illustrates by taking the method applied to the terminal equipment in the communication system shown in Fig. 2 as an example. The method includes:
步骤302:第一终端确定服务小区上的信号质量测量结果。Step 302: the first terminal determines the signal quality measurement result on the serving cell.
服务小区是为第一终端提供移动通信服务的小区。可选地,该信号质量测量结果指参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Receiving Power,RSRP)。The serving cell is a cell that provides mobile communication services for the first terminal. Optionally, the signal quality measurement result refers to Reference Signal Received Power (Reference Signal Receiving Power, RSRP).
可选地,该第一终端为低功率终端。示例地,表1示出了普通终端的功率等级和最大发射功率之间的对应关系。普通终端(非低功率终端)的最大发射功率高于低功率终端。Optionally, the first terminal is a low-power terminal. As an example, Table 1 shows the correspondence between the power level and the maximum transmit power of common terminals. The maximum transmit power of common terminals (non-low-power terminals) is higher than that of low-power terminals.
表1Table 1
终端功率等级terminal power level PC1PC1 PC1.5PC1.5 PC2PC2 PC3PC3 PC5PC5
终端最大发射功率(dBm)Terminal maximum transmit power (dBm) 3131 2929 2626 23twenty three 2020
如表1所示,终端的功率等级(Power Class,PC)为1时,最大发射功率为31。终端功率等级为1.5时,最大发射功率为29。终端的功率等级为2时,最大发射功率为26。终端的功率等级为3时,最大发射功率为23。终端功率等级为5时,最大发射功率为20。As shown in Table 1, when the power class (Power Class, PC) of the terminal is 1, the maximum transmit power is 31. When the terminal power level is 1.5, the maximum transmit power is 29. When the power level of the terminal is 2, the maximum transmit power is 26. When the power level of the terminal is 3, the maximum transmit power is 23. When the terminal power level is 5, the maximum transmit power is 20.
可选地,普通终端是功率等级为1、1.5、2、3或5的终端,或者,普通终端是最大发射功率为31、29、26、23或20的终端。第一终端是功率等级不为1、1.5、2、3和5的终端。第一终端是最大发射功率不为31、29、26、23和20的终端。例如,第一终端是最大发射功率小于20dBm的终端。示例性的,最大发射功率在范围10-14dBm的终端,为低功率终端。Optionally, the common terminal is a terminal with a power level of 1, 1.5, 2, 3 or 5, or the common terminal is a terminal with a maximum transmit power of 31, 29, 26, 23 or 20. The first terminals are terminals other than power classes 1, 1.5, 2, 3 and 5. The first terminal is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is not 31, 29, 26, 23 and 20. For example, the first terminal is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is less than 20 dBm. Exemplarily, a terminal with a maximum transmission power in the range of 10-14dBm is a low-power terminal.
步骤304:第一终端根据信号质量测量结果和第一终端的最大发射功率,确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输。Step 304: The first terminal determines whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process from the network device according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal.
普通终端在确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输,会使用信号质量测量结果以及第二信号质量门限。该第二信号质量门限是网络设备为普通终端配置的。在普通终端的信号质量测量结果低于第二信号质量门限的情况下,普通终端确定向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输。上述方式可称为第二方式。The common terminal will use the signal quality measurement result and the second signal quality threshold when determining whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 in the random access process from the network device. The second signal quality threshold is configured by the network device for common terminals. In a case where the signal quality measurement result of the common terminal is lower than the second signal quality threshold, the common terminal determines to request the network device for repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process. The above method can be called the second method.
第一终端在确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输,会根据信号质量测量结果和第一终端的最大发射功率确定,在此过程中第一终端还会使用网络设备为第一终端配置的信号质量门限。第一终端的最大发射功率会影响第一终端确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输的确定结果。When the first terminal determines whether to request random access to the network device, the repeated transmission of message 3 will be determined according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmission power of the first terminal. During this process, the first terminal will also use the network device Signal quality threshold configured for the first terminal. The maximum transmission power of the first terminal will affect the determination result of the first terminal determining whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process from the network device.
可选地,第一终端使用第一方式,确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输。该第一方式不同于第二方式,第二方式是第二终端在确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输时的方式,例如为上述普通终端使用的方式。其中,第一终端的最大发射功率低于第二终端。可选地,该第一终端为低功率终端,第二终端为普通终端(或非低功率终端)。该第一方式为低功率终端在确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输时的方式,该第二方式为普通终端在确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输时的方式。Optionally, the first terminal uses the first manner to determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process from the network device. The first manner is different from the second manner. The second manner is the manner in which the second terminal determines whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 from the network device, such as the manner used by the above-mentioned common terminal. Wherein, the maximum transmission power of the first terminal is lower than that of the second terminal. Optionally, the first terminal is a low-power terminal, and the second terminal is a common terminal (or a non-low-power terminal). The first method is the method used by the low-power terminal when determining whether to request the repeated transmission of message 3 in the process of random access to the network device, and the second method is the method used by the ordinary terminal in the process of determining whether to request the random access to the network device The mode at the time of repeated transmission of message 3.
第一终端向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输,能够实现增强上行覆盖。消息3的重复传输请求指消息3的PUSCH重复传输请求。The first terminal requests the network device for repeated transmission of the message 3 in the random access process, which can realize enhanced uplink coverage. The repeated transmission request of message 3 refers to the PUSCH repeated transmission request of message 3 .
可选地,第一终端确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输时的方式,具体包括如下内容中的至少一种:Optionally, the manner in which the first terminal determines whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process from the network device specifically includes at least one of the following:
·第一种:根据信号质量测量结果和第一终端的最大发射功率对应的第一信号质量门限,确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输。· The first method: according to the signal quality measurement result and the first signal quality threshold corresponding to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process to the network device.
在随机接入过程中,第一终端会获取服务小区上的信号质量测量结果。在信号质量测量结果小于或等于第一信号质量门限的情况下,第一终端会向网络设备发送消息3的PUSCH重复传输请求。该第一信号质量门限为第一RSRP门限。During the random access process, the first terminal acquires a signal quality measurement result on the serving cell. In the case that the signal quality measurement result is less than or equal to the first signal quality threshold, the first terminal sends a PUSCH repeat transmission request of message 3 to the network device. The first signal quality threshold is the first RSRP threshold.
该第一信号质量门限不同于第二信号质量门限,第二信号质量门限是普通终端(第二终端)在确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输时的信号质量门限。该第二信号质量门限为第二RSRP门限。可选地,低功率终端会使用第一RSRP门限,确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输,普通终端会使用第二RSRP门限,确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输。The first signal quality threshold is different from the second signal quality threshold, and the second signal quality threshold is a signal quality threshold for an ordinary terminal (second terminal) when determining whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 to the network device. The second signal quality threshold is a second RSRP threshold. Optionally, the low-power terminal will use the first RSRP threshold to determine whether to request the network device for repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process, and the ordinary terminal will use the second RSRP threshold to determine whether to request the network device for random access Repeat transmission of message 3 in process.
终端能够分为低功率终端以及普通终端,若低功率终端也使用第二信号质量门限来确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输,则所有功率等级的终端会使用相同的RSRP门限来进行判断。但是,对于同一个基站覆盖下的不同功率等级的终端,其可支持的下行覆盖是没有差异的(下行覆盖主要取决于基站发射功率)。而对于不同功率等级的终端,其可支持的上行覆盖可能是不一样的。一般情况下,终端功率等级越高,其可支持的上行覆盖越大。终端功率等级越低,其可支持的上行覆盖越小。因此,对于终端确定是否请求Msg3的重复传输时的方式,除了考虑RSRP测量值,还需要考虑终端功率等级这一因素。即针对低功率终端,需要使其相较于普通终端更容易触发请求Msg3的重复传输,来保证移动通信的上行覆盖。Terminals can be divided into low-power terminals and ordinary terminals. If low-power terminals also use the second signal quality threshold to determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process to the network device, terminals of all power levels will use the same The RSRP threshold is used for judgment. However, for terminals of different power levels covered by the same base station, there is no difference in the supported downlink coverage (the downlink coverage mainly depends on the transmit power of the base station). However, for terminals of different power levels, the supportable uplink coverage may be different. Generally, the higher the terminal power level, the greater the uplink coverage it can support. The lower the power level of the terminal, the smaller the uplink coverage it can support. Therefore, for the manner in which the terminal determines whether to request repeated transmission of Msg3, in addition to considering the RSRP measurement value, the factor of the terminal power level also needs to be considered. That is, for the low-power terminal, it is necessary to make it easier to trigger the repeated transmission of the request Msg3 compared with the common terminal, so as to ensure the uplink coverage of the mobile communication.
·第二种:根据通过第三偏移值修正后的信号质量测量结果,确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输。• The second type: according to the signal quality measurement result corrected by the third offset value, it is determined whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process to the network device.
在随机接入过程中,第一终端会获取服务小区上的信号质量测量结果。之后使用第三偏移值对信号质量测量结果进行修正,从而得到修正后的信号质量测量结果。之后第一终端会使用修正后的信号质量测量结果,确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输。可选地,第一终端确定的修正后的信号质量测量结果=信号质量测量结果(例如RSRP_measured)-第三偏移值。During the random access process, the first terminal acquires a signal quality measurement result on the serving cell. Then the signal quality measurement result is corrected by using the third offset value, so as to obtain the corrected signal quality measurement result. Then the first terminal will use the corrected signal quality measurement result to determine whether to request the network device for repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process. Optionally, the corrected signal quality measurement result determined by the first terminal=the signal quality measurement result (for example, RSRP_measured)−the third offset value.
在修正后的信号质量测量结果小于或等于第二信号质量门限的情况下,第一终端会向网络设备发送消息3的PUSCH重复传输请求。In a case where the corrected signal quality measurement result is less than or equal to the second signal quality threshold, the first terminal sends a PUSCH retransmission request of message 3 to the network device.
可选地,针对上述第一方式中的第一种,第一终端能够根据以下方式中的至少一种确定第一信号质量门限:Optionally, for the first of the first manners above, the first terminal can determine the first signal quality threshold according to at least one of the following manners:
(1)接收网络设备配置的第一信号质量门限。(1) Receive the first signal quality threshold configured by the network device.
第一终端接收网络设备配置的第一信号质量门限,即网络设备会配置第一信号质量门限,并通过广播的方式发送该配置信息。另外,网络设备还会配置第二信号质量门限,并通过广播的形式发送该配置信息。并且,第二终端也会接收到网络设备配置并通过广播的形式发送的第一信号质量门限以及第二信号质量门限。在确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输时,终端会根据自身的功率等级确定使用第一信号质量门限或第二信号质量门限。其中,第一终端会使用第一信号质量门限,第二终端会使用第二信号质量门限。The first terminal receives the first signal quality threshold configured by the network device, that is, the network device configures the first signal quality threshold and sends the configuration information in a broadcast manner. In addition, the network device will also configure the second signal quality threshold, and send the configuration information in the form of broadcast. In addition, the second terminal will also receive the first signal quality threshold and the second signal quality threshold configured by the network device and sent by broadcast. When determining whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process from the network device, the terminal determines to use the first signal quality threshold or the second signal quality threshold according to its own power level. Wherein, the first terminal will use the first signal quality threshold, and the second terminal will use the second signal quality threshold.
(2)根据第一偏移值确定第一信号质量门限。(2) Determine a first signal quality threshold according to the first offset value.
在使用第一偏移值确定第一信号质量门限的过程中,第一终端会接收网络设备配置并通过广播的形式发送的第二信号质量门限,并使用第一偏移值对第二信号质量门限进行修正,从而确定第一信号质量门限。可选地,第一终端确定的第一信号质量门限=第二信号质量门限-第一偏移值。In the process of using the first offset value to determine the first signal quality threshold, the first terminal will receive the second signal quality threshold configured by the network device and sent by broadcast, and use the first offset value to determine the second signal quality threshold. The threshold is corrected, so as to determine the first signal quality threshold. Optionally, the first signal quality threshold determined by the first terminal=the second signal quality threshold−the first offset value.
可选地,第一终端能够通过以下方式中的至少一种确定第一偏移值:Optionally, the first terminal can determine the first offset value in at least one of the following manners:
(2.1)根据第一终端的最大发射功率和基准最大发射功率的差值,确定第一偏移值。(2.1) Determine the first offset value according to the difference between the maximum transmit power of the first terminal and the reference maximum transmit power.
其中,该基准最大发射功率是第一终端根据网络设备配置的信息和/或预定义的信息确定的。Wherein, the reference maximum transmit power is determined by the first terminal according to information configured by the network device and/or predefined information.
可选地,第一终端计算第一偏移值的公式如下:Optionally, the formula for calculating the first offset value by the first terminal is as follows:
第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass-min(P PowerClass_ref,P Max))}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass - min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max ))};
或者,or,
第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass-P Max)}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass -P Max )};
或者,or,
第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass-P PowerClass_ref)}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass -P PowerClass_ref )};
其中,P PowerClass为第一终端的最大发射功率。P Max为网络设备广播的小区支持的终端最大发射功率。P PowerClass_ref为参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。P PowerClass_ref是网络配置的或预定义的。 Wherein, P PowerClass is the maximum transmission power of the first terminal. P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device. P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power class of the reference terminal. P PowerClass_ref is network configured or predefined.
(2.2)接收网络设备配置的第一偏移值。(2.2) Receive the first offset value configured by the network device.
第一终端接收网络设备配置的第一偏移值,即网络设备会配置第一偏移值,并发送给第一终端。The first terminal receives the first offset value configured by the network device, that is, the network device configures the first offset value and sends it to the first terminal.
(2.3)根据第一终端的最大发射功率、基准最大发射功率以及第二偏移值确定第一偏移值。(2.3) Determine the first offset value according to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, the reference maximum transmit power, and the second offset value.
该第二偏移值是网络设备配置并发送给第一终端的。第一终端会接收网络设备配置的第二偏移值,并根据第一终端的最大发射功率、基准最大发射功率以及第二偏移值,确定第一偏移值。其中,基准最大发射功率是第一终端根据网络设备配置的信息和/或预定义的信息确定的。The second offset value is configured by the network device and sent to the first terminal. The first terminal receives the second offset value configured by the network device, and determines the first offset value according to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, the reference maximum transmit power, and the second offset value. Wherein, the reference maximum transmit power is determined by the first terminal according to information configured by the network device and/or predefined information.
可选地,第一终端计算第一偏移值的公式如下:Optionally, the formula for calculating the first offset value by the first terminal is as follows:
第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass+P offset-min(P PowerClass_ref,P Max))}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass +P offset -min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max ))};
或者,or,
第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass+P offset-P Max)}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass +P offset -P Max )};
或者,or,
第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass+P offset-P PowerClass_ref)}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass +P offset -P PowerClass_ref )};
其中,P PowerClass为第一终端的最大发射功率。P Max为网络设备广播的小区支持的终端最大发射功率。P PowerClass_ref为参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。P offset是第二偏移值。P PowerClass_ref是网络配置的或预定义的。 Wherein, P PowerClass is the maximum transmission power of the first terminal. P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device. P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power class of the reference terminal. P offset is the second offset value. P PowerClass_ref is network configured or predefined.
可选地,针对上述第一方式中的第二种,第一终端能够通过以下方式确定第三偏移值:Optionally, for the second of the foregoing first manners, the first terminal can determine the third offset value in the following manner:
(1)根据第一终端的最大发射功率和基准最大发射功率的差值,确定第三偏移值。(1) Determine a third offset value according to the difference between the maximum transmit power of the first terminal and the reference maximum transmit power.
其中,基准最大发射功率是第一终端根据网络设备配置的信息和/或预定义的信息确定的。Wherein, the reference maximum transmit power is determined by the first terminal according to information configured by the network device and/or predefined information.
可选地,第一终端计算第三偏移值的公式如下:Optionally, the formula for calculating the third offset value by the first terminal is as follows:
第三偏移值等于max{0,(min(P PowerClass_ref,P Max)-P PowerClass)}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max )−P PowerClass )};
或者,or,
第三偏移值等于max{0,(P Max-P PowerClass)}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (P Max -P PowerClass )};
或者,or,
第三偏移值等于max{0,(P PowerClass_ref-P PowerClass)}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (P PowerClass_ref -P PowerClass )};
其中,P PowerClass为第一终端的最大发射功率。P Max为网络设备广播的小区支持的终端最大发射功率。P PowerClass_ref为参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。P PowerClass_ref是网络配置的或预定义的。 Wherein, P PowerClass is the maximum transmit power of the first terminal. P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device. P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power class of the reference terminal. P PowerClass_ref is network configured or predefined.
(2)接收网络设备配置的第三偏移值。(2) Receive the third offset value configured by the network device.
第一终端接收网络设备配置的第三偏移值,即网络设备会配置第三偏移值,并发送给第一终端。The first terminal receives the third offset value configured by the network device, that is, the network device configures the third offset value and sends it to the first terminal.
(3)根据第一终端的最大发射功率、基准最大发射功率以及第四偏移值确定第三偏移值。(3) Determine a third offset value according to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, the reference maximum transmit power, and the fourth offset value.
该第四偏移值是网络设备配置并发送给第一终端的。第一终端会接收网络设备配置的第四偏移值,并根据第一终端的最大发射功率、基准最大发射功率以及第四偏移值,确定第三偏移值。其中,第一终端的最大发射功率是第一终端的最大发射功率。该基准最大发射功率是第一终端根据网络设备配置的信息和/或预定义的信息确定的。The fourth offset value is configured by the network device and sent to the first terminal. The first terminal receives the fourth offset value configured by the network device, and determines the third offset value according to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, the reference maximum transmit power, and the fourth offset value. Wherein, the maximum transmit power of the first terminal is the maximum transmit power of the first terminal. The reference maximum transmit power is determined by the first terminal according to information configured by the network device and/or predefined information.
可选地,第一终端计算第三偏移值的公式如下:Optionally, the formula for calculating the third offset value by the first terminal is as follows:
第三偏移值等于max{0,(min(P PowerClass_ref,P Max)-(P PowerClass+P offset))}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max )-(P PowerClass +P offset ))};
或者,or,
第三偏移值等于max{0,(P Max-(P PowerClass+P offset))}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (P Max -(P PowerClass +P offset ))};
或者,or,
第三偏移值等于max{0,(P PowerClass_ref-(P PowerClass+P offset))}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (P PowerClass_ref - (P PowerClass + P offset ))};
其中,P PowerClass为第一终端的最大发射功率。P Max为网络设备广播的小区支持的终端最大发射功率。P PowerClass_ref为参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。P offset是第四偏移值。P PowerClass_ref是网络配置的或预定义的。 Wherein, P PowerClass is the maximum transmission power of the first terminal. P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device. P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power class of the reference terminal. P offset is the fourth offset value. P PowerClass_ref is network configured or predefined.
可选地,上述信号质量测量结果包括如下任意一种:Optionally, the foregoing signal quality measurement results include any of the following:
小区级的RSRP测量结果;Cell-level RSRP measurement results;
目标同步信号块(Synchronization Signal Block,SSB)上的RSRP测量结果。该目标SSB是测量结果最好的SSB或测量结果大于测量门限的SSB。可选地,该测量门限是网络设备配置的。当存在多个测量结果大于测量门限的SSB时,第一终端会从中任意选择目标SSB。RSRP measurement results on the target Synchronization Signal Block (SSB). The target SSB is the SSB with the best measurement result or the SSB with the measurement result greater than the measurement threshold. Optionally, the measurement threshold is configured by the network device. When there are multiple SSBs whose measurement results are greater than the measurement threshold, the first terminal will arbitrarily select a target SSB from them.
综上所述,本实施例提供的方法,第一终端能够根据信号质量测量结果和第一终端的最大发射功率,来确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输,从而实现移动通信的上行覆盖增强。在此过程中能够考虑终端的最大发射功率之间的差异,能够实现使最大发射功率较低的终端,更容易触发请求Msg3的重复传输,从而实现有针对性地增强移动通信的上行覆盖。To sum up, in the method provided by this embodiment, the first terminal can determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process from the network device according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, so that Realize the uplink coverage enhancement of mobile communication. In this process, the difference between the maximum transmission powers of the terminals can be considered, so that the terminal with the lower maximum transmission power can more easily trigger the repeated transmission of the request Msg3, so as to realize targeted enhancement of the uplink coverage of the mobile communication.
图4示出了本申请一个实施例提供的随机接入方法的流程图。图4以该方法应用于图2所示的通信系统中的网络设备来举例说明。该方法包括:Fig. 4 shows a flowchart of a random access method provided by an embodiment of the present application. FIG. 4 uses an example in which the method is applied to a network device in the communication system shown in FIG. 2 . The method includes:
步骤402:网络设备接收第一终端发送的随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输请求。Step 402: The network device receives the repeated transmission request of message 3 in the random access process sent by the first terminal.
其中,消息3的重复传输请求是第一终端根据服务小区上的信号质量测量结果和第一终端的最大发射功率确定的。可选地,第一终端是低功率终端,低功率终端的最大发射功率小于普通终端。Wherein, the repeated transmission request of message 3 is determined by the first terminal according to the signal quality measurement result on the serving cell and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal. Optionally, the first terminal is a low-power terminal, and the maximum transmission power of the low-power terminal is lower than that of an ordinary terminal.
可选地,普通终端是功率等级为1、1.5、2、3或5的终端,或者,普通终端是最大发射功率为31、29、26、23或20的终端。第一终端是功率等级不为1、1.5、2、3和5的终端。第一终端是最大发射功率不为31、29、26、23和20的终端。例如,第一终端是最大发射功率小于20dBm的终端。示例性的,最大发射功率在范围10-14dBm的终端,为低功率终端。Optionally, the common terminal is a terminal with a power level of 1, 1.5, 2, 3 or 5, or the common terminal is a terminal with a maximum transmit power of 31, 29, 26, 23 or 20. The first terminals are terminals other than power classes 1, 1.5, 2, 3 and 5. The first terminal is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is not 31, 29, 26, 23 and 20. For example, the first terminal is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is less than 20 dBm. Exemplarily, a terminal with a maximum transmission power in the range of 10-14dBm is a low-power terminal.
普通终端在确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输,会使用信号质量测量结果以及第二信号质量门限。该第二信号质量门限是网络设备为普通终端配置的。上述方式可称为第二方式。The common terminal will use the signal quality measurement result and the second signal quality threshold when determining whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 in the random access process from the network device. The second signal quality threshold is configured by the network device for common terminals. The above method can be called the second method.
第一终端在确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输,会根据信号质量测量结果和第一终端的最大发射功率确定,在此过程中第一终端还会使用网络设备为第一终端配置的信号质量门限。第一终端的最大发射功率会影响第一终端确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输的确定结果。When the first terminal determines whether to request random access to the network device, the repeated transmission of message 3 will be determined according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmission power of the first terminal. During this process, the first terminal will also use the network device Signal quality threshold configured for the first terminal. The maximum transmission power of the first terminal will affect the determination result of the first terminal determining whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process from the network device.
可选地,第一终端使用第一方式,确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输。第一方式不同于第二方式,第二方式是第二终端在确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输时的方式,例如为上述普通终端使用的方式。第一终端的最大发射功率低于第二终端。可选地,该第一终端为低功率终端,第二终端为普通终端(或非低功率终端)。该第一方式为低功率终端在确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输时的方式,该第二方式为普通终端在确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输时的方式。Optionally, the first terminal uses the first manner to determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process from the network device. The first way is different from the second way. The second way is a way for the second terminal to determine whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 from the network device, such as the way used by the above-mentioned common terminal. The maximum transmission power of the first terminal is lower than that of the second terminal. Optionally, the first terminal is a low-power terminal, and the second terminal is a common terminal (or a non-low-power terminal). The first method is the method used by the low-power terminal when determining whether to request the repeated transmission of message 3 in the process of random access to the network device, and the second method is the method used by the ordinary terminal in the process of determining whether to request the random access to the network device The mode at the time of repeated transmission of message 3.
第一终端向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输,能够实现增强上行覆盖。消息3的重 复传输请求指消息3的PUSCH重复传输请求。The first terminal requests the network device for repeated transmission of the message 3 in the random access process, which can realize enhanced uplink coverage. The retransmission request of message 3 refers to the PUSCH retransmission request of message 3.
可选地,在网络设备接收第一终端发送的随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输请求之前,网络设备首先会为第一终端配置不同的信息,以使第一终端根据该配置的不同的信息,通过第一方式确定消息3的重复传输请求。具体包括如下情况中的至少一种:Optionally, before the network device receives the repeated transmission request of message 3 in the random access process sent by the first terminal, the network device first configures different information for the first terminal, so that the first terminal information, and determine the repeated transmission request of message 3 through the first method. It specifically includes at least one of the following situations:
·针对第一终端根据第一信号质量门限确定消息3的重复传输请求的情况。• For the case where the first terminal determines the retransmission request of the message 3 according to the first signal quality threshold.
该第一信号质量门限不同于第二信号质量门限,第二信号质量门限是第二终端在确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输时的信号质量门限。该第一信号质量门限为第一RSRP门限。该第二信号质量门限为第二RSRP门限。可选地,低功率终端会使用第一RSRP门限,确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输,普通终端会使用第二RSRP门限,确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输。The first signal quality threshold is different from the second signal quality threshold, and the second signal quality threshold is the signal quality threshold when the second terminal determines whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 from the network device. The first signal quality threshold is the first RSRP threshold. The second signal quality threshold is a second RSRP threshold. Optionally, the low-power terminal will use the first RSRP threshold to determine whether to request the network device for repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process, and the ordinary terminal will use the second RSRP threshold to determine whether to request the network device for random access Repeat transmission of message 3 in process.
在该情况下,网络设备会通过以下方式中的至少一种为第一终端配置信息:In this case, the network device configures information for the first terminal in at least one of the following ways:
为第一终端配置第一信号质量门限;configuring a first signal quality threshold for the first terminal;
为第一终端配置第二信号质量门限以及用于确定第一偏移值的信息;Configuring a second signal quality threshold and information for determining a first offset value for the first terminal;
为第一终端配置第二信号质量门限以及第一偏移值;Configuring a second signal quality threshold and a first offset value for the first terminal;
其中,第一终端根据第一偏移值能够修正第二信号质量门限,从而得到第一信号质量门限。Wherein, the first terminal can modify the second signal quality threshold according to the first offset value, so as to obtain the first signal quality threshold.
·针对第一终端根据修正后的信号质量测量结果确定消息3的重复传输请求的情况。· For the case where the first terminal determines the retransmission request of message 3 according to the corrected signal quality measurement result.
其中,修正后的信号质量测量结果,是第一终端使用第三偏移值对第一终端获取的服务小区上的信号质量测量结果进行修正确定的。在修正后的信号质量测量结果小于或等于第二信号质量门限的情况下,第一终端会向网络设备发送消息3的PUSCH重复传输请求。Wherein, the corrected signal quality measurement result is determined by the first terminal using the third offset value to correct and determine the signal quality measurement result obtained by the first terminal on the serving cell. In a case where the corrected signal quality measurement result is less than or equal to the second signal quality threshold, the first terminal sends a PUSCH retransmission request of message 3 to the network device.
在该情况下,网络设备会通过以下方式中的至少一种为第一终端配置信息:In this case, the network device configures information for the first terminal in at least one of the following ways:
为第一终端配置第二信号质量门限以及用于确定第三偏移值的信息;Configuring a second signal quality threshold and information for determining a third offset value for the first terminal;
为第一终端配置第二信号质量门限以及第三偏移值。Configure the second signal quality threshold and the third offset value for the first terminal.
可选地,上述信号质量测量结果包括如下任意一种:Optionally, the foregoing signal quality measurement results include any of the following:
小区级的RSRP测量结果;Cell-level RSRP measurement results;
目标SSB上的RSRP测量结果。该目标SSB是测量结果最好的SSB或测量结果大于测量门限的SSB。RSRP measurement results on the target SSB. The target SSB is the SSB with the best measurement result or the SSB with the measurement result greater than the measurement threshold.
综上所述,本实施例提供的方法,第一终端能够根据信号质量测量结果和第一终端的最大发射功率,来确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输,从而实现移动通信的上行覆盖增强。在此过程中能够考虑终端的最大发射功率之间的差异,能够实现使最大发射功率较低的终端,更容易触发请求Msg3的重复传输,从而实现有针对性地增强移动通信的上行覆盖。To sum up, in the method provided by this embodiment, the first terminal can determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process from the network device according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, so that Realize the uplink coverage enhancement of mobile communication. In this process, the difference between the maximum transmission powers of the terminals can be considered, so that the terminal with the lower maximum transmission power can more easily trigger the repeated transmission of the request Msg3, so as to realize targeted enhancement of the uplink coverage of the mobile communication.
可选地,第一终端能够通过使用不同的信息,来确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输。Optionally, the first terminal can determine whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 from the network device by using different information.
第一种:第一终端根据第一信号质量门限,确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输。The first type: the first terminal determines whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 from the network device according to the first signal quality threshold.
图5示出了本申请一个实施例提供的随机接入方法的流程图。图5以该方法应用于图2所示的通信系统来举例说明。该方法包括:Fig. 5 shows a flowchart of a random access method provided by an embodiment of the present application. FIG. 5 exemplifies that the method is applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 2 . The method includes:
步骤502:网络设备为第一终端配置第一配置信息,第一配置信息包括第一信号质量门限。Step 502: The network device configures first configuration information for the first terminal, where the first configuration information includes a first signal quality threshold.
该第一配置信息用于第一终端确定是否向网络设备请求Msg3的PUSCH重复传输。可选地,该第一配置信息还包括用于第一终端请求Msg3的PUSCH重复传输的第一PRACH资源配置。The first configuration information is used by the first terminal to determine whether to request the network device for repeated PUSCH transmission of Msg3. Optionally, the first configuration information further includes the first PRACH resource configuration used for the first terminal to request the repeated PUSCH transmission of Msg3.
该第一信号质量门限是第一终端的最大发射功率对应的信号质量门限。该第一信号质量门限不同于第二信号质量门限,第二信号质量门限是第二终端在确定是否向网络设备请求Msg3的重复传输时的信号质量门限。可选地,该第一信号质量门限为第一RSRP门限。该第二信号质量门限为第二RSRP门限。The first signal quality threshold is a signal quality threshold corresponding to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal. The first signal quality threshold is different from the second signal quality threshold, and the second signal quality threshold is the signal quality threshold when the second terminal determines whether to request repeated transmission of Msg3 from the network device. Optionally, the first signal quality threshold is a first RSRP threshold. The second signal quality threshold is a second RSRP threshold.
第一终端的最大发射功率低于第二终端。可选地,第一终端为低功率终端,第二终端为普通终端。低功率终端会使用第一RSRP门限,确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的Msg3的重复传输,普通终端会使用第二RSRP门限,确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的Msg3的重复传输。例如,第一终端是功率等级不为1、1.5、2、3和5的终端。例如,第一终端是最大发射功率不为31、29、26、23和20的终端。例如,第一终端是最大发射功率小于20dBm的终端。The maximum transmission power of the first terminal is lower than that of the second terminal. Optionally, the first terminal is a low-power terminal, and the second terminal is a common terminal. The low-power terminal will use the first RSRP threshold to determine whether to request the repeated transmission of Msg3 in the random access process to the network device, and the ordinary terminal will use the second RSRP threshold to determine whether to request the network device for the Msg3 in the random access process Repeat transmission. For example, the first terminal is a terminal with a power class other than 1, 1.5, 2, 3 and 5. For example, the first terminal is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is not 31, 29, 26, 23 and 20. For example, the first terminal is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is less than 20 dBm.
可选地,网络设备为第一终端配置第一配置信息的方式包括如下至少一种:Optionally, the manner in which the network device configures the first configuration information for the first terminal includes at least one of the following:
(1)为低功率终端配置相同的第一信号质量门限。(1) Configuring the same first signal quality threshold for low-power terminals.
对于不同功率等级的低功率终端(包括第一终端),网络设备能够为其配置相同的第一信号质量门限。在一些实施例中,网络设备还可以为不同功率等级的低功率终端,配置与功率等级对应的第一信号质量门限不同。可选地,不同功率等级的低功率终端对应的第一信号质量门限相同或不同。For low-power terminals (including the first terminal) of different power levels, the network device can configure the same first signal quality threshold for them. In some embodiments, the network device may also configure different first signal quality thresholds corresponding to power levels for low-power terminals of different power levels. Optionally, the first signal quality thresholds corresponding to low-power terminals of different power levels are the same or different.
示例地,表2示出了终端的功率等级和信号质量门限之间的对应关系。As an example, Table 2 shows the correspondence between the power level of the terminal and the signal quality threshold.
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2021109620-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021109620-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021109620-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2021109620-appb-000002
如表2所示,每个功率等级对应一个信号质量门限。其中,功率等级1>功率等级2>功率等级3>功率等级4>功率等级5,第二信号质量门限<第一信号质量门限。网络设备会为功率等级不低于功率等级2的终端(普通终端)配置第二信号质量门限。对于最大发射功率低于功率等级2的终端(低功率终端),网络设备会为其配置第一信号质量门限。并且,对于不同功率等级的低功率终端,网络设备为其配置的第一信号质量门限相同。As shown in Table 2, each power level corresponds to a signal quality threshold. Wherein, power level 1>power level 2>power level 3>power level 4>power level 5, the second signal quality threshold<the first signal quality threshold. The network device configures a second signal quality threshold for a terminal (ordinary terminal) whose power level is not lower than power level 2. For a terminal (low-power terminal) whose maximum transmission power is lower than power level 2, the network device configures the first signal quality threshold for it. Moreover, for low-power terminals of different power levels, the first signal quality thresholds configured by the network device are the same.
需要说明的是,上述对应关系仅用作示例,不作为对本申请实施例提供的方法的限制。It should be noted that the above corresponding relationship is only used as an example, and is not intended to limit the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
(2)根据第一对应关系为终端配置第一信号质量门限。(2) Configuring the first signal quality threshold for the terminal according to the first correspondence relationship.
网络设备根据第一对应关系,能够为终端配置第一信号质量门限。其中,第一对应关系包括不同功率等级(或最大发射功率)和不同信号质量门限之间的对应关系。The network device can configure the first signal quality threshold for the terminal according to the first correspondence relationship. Wherein, the first corresponding relationship includes the corresponding relationship between different power levels (or maximum transmit power) and different signal quality thresholds.
即对于功率等级不同的终端,会接收到网络设备针对该终端的功率等级(或最大发射功率)配置的信号质量门限。该第一对应关系包括第一终端和第一信号质量门限之间的对应关系。因此网络设备能够实现为第一终端配置第一信号质量门限。That is, for terminals with different power levels, the signal quality threshold configured by the network device for the power level (or maximum transmission power) of the terminal will be received. The first correspondence includes a correspondence between the first terminal and the first signal quality threshold. Therefore, the network device can configure the first signal quality threshold for the first terminal.
可选地,该第一对应关系能够反映网络设备指示的每个信号质量门限与至少一个终端的功率等级对应。或者,该第一对应关系能够反映N个终端的功率等级与N个信号质量门限对应,同时,终端的功率等级与其对应的信号质量门限负相关。终端的功率等级越高(最大发射功率越高),对应的信号质量门限越低。终端的功率等级越低(最大发射功率越低),对应的信号质量门限越高。Optionally, the first correspondence can reflect that each signal quality threshold indicated by the network device corresponds to a power level of at least one terminal. Alternatively, the first correspondence can reflect that the power levels of N terminals correspond to N signal quality thresholds, and at the same time, the power levels of terminals are negatively correlated with their corresponding signal quality thresholds. The higher the power level of the terminal (the higher the maximum transmit power), the lower the corresponding signal quality threshold. The lower the power level of the terminal (the lower the maximum transmit power), the higher the corresponding signal quality threshold.
(3)根据参考功率以及第一对应关系为终端配置第一信号质量门限。(3) Configuring the first signal quality threshold for the terminal according to the reference power and the first corresponding relationship.
网络设备为最大发射功率不低于参考功率的终端,配置第二信号质量门限。并且,网络设备为最大发射功率低于参考功率的终端,根据第一对应关系配置第一信号质量门限。其中,第一对应关系包括不同功率等级(或最大发射功率)和不同信号质量门限之间的对应关系。The network device configures the second signal quality threshold for terminals whose maximum transmit power is not lower than the reference power. In addition, the network device configures the first signal quality threshold according to the first corresponding relationship for the terminal whose maximum transmission power is lower than the reference power. Wherein, the first corresponding relationship includes the corresponding relationship between different power levels (or maximum transmit power) and different signal quality thresholds.
即对于最大发射功率高于或等于参考功率的终端(例如第二终端),会接收到网络设备配置的第二信号质量门限。此时该终端会使用第二方式确定消息3的重复传输请求。对于最大发射功率低于参考功率的终端,会接收到网络设备针对该终端的功率等级配置的信号质量门限。其中,第一对应关系包括不同功率等级和不同信号质量门限之间的对应关系。该第一对应关系包括第一终端和第一信号质量门限之间的对应关系。因此网络设备能够实现为第一终端配置第一信号质量门限。That is, for a terminal (such as a second terminal) whose maximum transmission power is higher than or equal to the reference power, it will receive the second signal quality threshold configured by the network device. At this time, the terminal will use the second method to determine the repeated transmission request of message 3 . For a terminal whose maximum transmission power is lower than the reference power, it will receive the signal quality threshold configured by the network device for the power level of the terminal. Wherein, the first corresponding relationship includes the corresponding relationship between different power levels and different signal quality thresholds. The first correspondence includes a correspondence between the first terminal and the first signal quality threshold. Therefore, the network device can configure the first signal quality threshold for the first terminal.
示例地,表3示出了终端的功率等级和信号质量门限之间的对应关系。As an example, Table 3 shows the correspondence between the power level of the terminal and the signal quality threshold.
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2021109620-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2021109620-appb-000003
如表3所示,每个功率等级对应一个信号质量门限。其中,功率等级1>功率等级2>功率等级3>功率等级4>功率等级5,第二信号质量门限<第一信号质量门限1<第一信号质量门限2<第一信号质量门限3。网络设备会为功率等级不低于功率等级2(参考功率)的终端配置第二信号质量门限。对于最大发射功率低于功率等级2(参考功率)的终端,网络设备会根据第一对应关系为其配置第一信号质量门限。第一对应关系包括功率等级3对应第一信号质量门限1,功率等级4对应第一信号质量门限2,功率等级5对应第一信号质量门限3。其中,功率等级为功率等级1或功率等级2的终端为普通终端,功率等级为功率等级3、功率等级4或功率等级5的终端为低功率终端。As shown in Table 3, each power level corresponds to a signal quality threshold. Wherein, power level 1>power level 2>power level 3>power level 4>power level 5, second signal quality threshold<first signal quality threshold1<first signal quality threshold2<first signal quality threshold3. The network device configures a second signal quality threshold for terminals whose power level is not lower than power level 2 (reference power). For a terminal whose maximum transmission power is lower than power level 2 (reference power), the network device configures the first signal quality threshold for it according to the first correspondence. The first correspondence includes that power level 3 corresponds to the first signal quality threshold 1, power level 4 corresponds to the first signal quality threshold 2, and power level 5 corresponds to the first signal quality threshold 3. Wherein, a terminal with a power level of power level 1 or power level 2 is an ordinary terminal, and a terminal with a power level of power level 3, power level 4, or power level 5 is a low-power terminal.
需要说明的是,上述对应关系仅用作示例,不作为对本申请实施例提供的方法的限制。It should be noted that the above corresponding relationship is only used as an example, and is not intended to limit the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,上述参考功率等于P MaxOptionally, the above reference power is equal to P Max ;
或者,or,
参考功率等于P PowerClass_refReference power is equal to PPowerClass_ref ;
或者,or,
参考功率等于min(P Max,P PowerClass_ref); Reference power is equal to min(P Max , P PowerClass_ref );
其中,P Max为网络设备广播的小区支持的终端最大发射功率。P PowerClass_ref为参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。P PowerClass_ref是网络配置的或预定义的。 Wherein, P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device. P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power class of the reference terminal. P PowerClass_ref is network configured or predefined.
步骤504:第一终端接收网络设备广播的第一配置信息。Step 504: The first terminal receives the first configuration information broadcast by the network device.
第一终端接收的第一配置信息,是网络设备通过上述为第一终端配置第一配置信息的3种方式中的至少一种进行配置的。The first configuration information received by the first terminal is configured by the network device through at least one of the above three ways of configuring the first configuration information for the first terminal.
步骤506:第一终端使用第一信号质量门限确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输。Step 506: The first terminal uses the first signal quality threshold to determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 from the network device.
在随机接入过程中,第一终端会获取服务小区上的信号质量测量结果。在信号质量测量结果小于或等于第一信号质量门限的情况下,第一终端会向网络设备发送消息3的PUSCH重复传输请求。During the random access process, the first terminal acquires a signal quality measurement result on the serving cell. In the case that the signal quality measurement result is less than or equal to the first signal quality threshold, the first terminal sends a PUSCH repeat transmission request of message 3 to the network device.
在网络设备通过上述配置第一配置信息的第一种方式为第一终端配置第一信号质量门限时,第一终端会使用第一信号质量门限确定是否请求Msg3的PUSCH重复传输。When the network device configures the first signal quality threshold for the first terminal through the above first method of configuring the first configuration information, the first terminal will use the first signal quality threshold to determine whether to request repeated PUSCH transmission of Msg3.
在网络设备通过上述配置第一配置信息的第二种方式或第三种方式为第一终端配置第一信号质量门限时,第一终端会使用第一终端的功率等级对应的第一信号质量门限确定是否请求Msg3的PUSCH重复传输。When the network device configures the first signal quality threshold for the first terminal through the second or third method of configuring the first configuration information above, the first terminal will use the first signal quality threshold corresponding to the power level of the first terminal Determine whether to request PUSCH repeat transmission of Msg3.
示例地,第一终端通过使用上述第一PRACH资源配置下的资源像网络设备发送Msg1,来请求Msg3的PUSCH重复传输。Exemplarily, the first terminal requests the PUSCH repeated transmission of Msg3 by sending Msg1 to the network device by using resources under the first PRACH resource configuration.
可选地,上述信号质量测量结果包括如下任意一种:Optionally, the foregoing signal quality measurement results include any of the following:
小区级的RSRP测量结果;Cell-level RSRP measurement results;
目标SSB上的RSRP测量结果。该目标SSB是测量结果最好的SSB或测量结果大于测量门限的SSB。RSRP measurement results on the target SSB. The target SSB is the SSB with the best measurement result or the SSB with the measurement result greater than the measurement threshold.
示例地,图6是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输的过程的示意图。如图6所示,低功率终端601根据信号质量测量值603与第一信号质量门限604之间的大小关系,确定是否请求Msg3的重复传输。当低功率终端601确定的信号质量测量值603小于或等于第一信号质量门限604时,低功率终端601确定请求Msg3的重复传输。当低功率终端601确定的信号质量测量值603大于第一信号质量门限604时,低功率终端601确定不请求Msg3的重复传输。普通终端602根据信号质量测量值603与第二信号质量门限605之间的大小关系,确定是否请求Msg3的重复传输。当普通终端602确定的信号质量测量值603小于或等于第二信号质量门限605时,普通终端602确定请求Msg3的重复传输。当普通终端602确定的信号质量测量值603大于第二信号质量门限605时,普通终端602确定不请求Msg3的重复传输。Exemplarily, FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a process of determining whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 from a network device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 6 , the low-power terminal 601 determines whether to request repeated transmission of Msg3 according to the magnitude relationship between the signal quality measurement value 603 and the first signal quality threshold 604 . When the signal quality measurement value 603 determined by the low-power terminal 601 is less than or equal to the first signal quality threshold 604, the low-power terminal 601 determines to request repeated transmission of Msg3. When the signal quality measurement value 603 determined by the low-power terminal 601 is greater than the first signal quality threshold 604, the low-power terminal 601 determines not to request repeated transmission of Msg3. The ordinary terminal 602 determines whether to request repeated transmission of Msg3 according to the magnitude relationship between the signal quality measurement value 603 and the second signal quality threshold 605 . When the signal quality measurement value 603 determined by the ordinary terminal 602 is less than or equal to the second signal quality threshold 605, the ordinary terminal 602 determines to request repeated transmission of Msg3. When the signal quality measurement value 603 determined by the ordinary terminal 602 is greater than the second signal quality threshold 605, the ordinary terminal 602 determines not to request repeated transmission of Msg3.
结合图6可知,第一信号质量门限高于第二信号质量门限,因此使用第一信号质量门限,能够实现使最大发射功率较低的终端,更容易触发请求Msg3的重复传输,从而提升针对最大发射功率较低的终端的上行覆盖增强。It can be seen from FIG. 6 that the first signal quality threshold is higher than the second signal quality threshold. Therefore, using the first signal quality threshold can make it easier for terminals with lower maximum transmit power to trigger repeated transmission of the request Msg3, thereby improving the maximum Enhanced uplink coverage for terminals with lower transmit power.
需要说明的是,上述步骤502能够单独实现成为网络设备侧的信息配置方法。上述步骤506能够单独实现成为第一终端侧的随机接入方法。It should be noted that the above step 502 can be implemented independently as an information configuration method on the network device side. The above step 506 can be independently implemented as a random access method on the first terminal side.
综上所述,本实施例提供的方法,第一终端能够根据第一配置信息,来确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输,从而实现移动通信的上行覆盖增强。在此过程中能够考虑终端的最大发射功率之间的差异,能够实现使最大发射功率较低的终端,更容易触发请求Msg3的重复传输,从而实现有针对性地增强移动通信的上行覆盖。To sum up, with the method provided in this embodiment, the first terminal can determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process to the network device according to the first configuration information, so as to realize uplink coverage enhancement of mobile communication. In this process, the difference between the maximum transmission powers of the terminals can be considered, so that the terminal with the lower maximum transmission power can more easily trigger the repeated transmission of the request Msg3, so as to realize targeted enhancement of the uplink coverage of the mobile communication.
并且,上述方式充分考虑不同终端的终端功率等级的差异性带来的上行覆盖的差异性,使得终端可以根据自身的功率等级更准确的判定是否需要请求消息3的上行覆盖增强。对于高功率等级的终端可以避免由于评估信号质量测量结果不准带来的资源浪费的问题。对于低功率等级的终端可以避免由于评估信号质量测量结果不准带来的上行覆盖受限的问题。Moreover, the above method fully considers the differences in uplink coverage brought about by the differences in terminal power levels of different terminals, so that the terminals can more accurately determine whether to request message 3 for uplink coverage enhancement according to their own power levels. For terminals with a high power level, the problem of waste of resources caused by inaccurate measurement results of evaluating signal quality can be avoided. For terminals with low power levels, the problem of limited uplink coverage caused by inaccurate evaluation signal quality measurement results can be avoided.
第二种:第一终端根据第一偏移值和第二信号质量门限,确定第一信号质量门限,并使用第一信号质量门限确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输。The second type: the first terminal determines the first signal quality threshold according to the first offset value and the second signal quality threshold, and uses the first signal quality threshold to determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 to the network device.
图7示出了本申请一个实施例提供的随机接入方法的流程图。图7以该方法应用于图2所示的通信系统来举例说明。该方法包括:FIG. 7 shows a flowchart of a random access method provided by an embodiment of the present application. FIG. 7 uses an example in which the method is applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 2 . The method includes:
步骤702:网络设备为第一终端配置第二配置信息,第二配置信息包括用于确定第一信号质量门限的信息。Step 702: The network device configures second configuration information for the first terminal, where the second configuration information includes information for determining a first signal quality threshold.
该第二配置信息用于第一终端确定是否向网络设备请求Msg3的PUSCH重复传输。可选地,该第二配置信息还包括用于第一终端请求Msg3的PUSCH重复传输的第一PRACH资源配置。The second configuration information is used by the first terminal to determine whether to request the network device for repeated PUSCH transmission of Msg3. Optionally, the second configuration information further includes the first PRACH resource configuration used for the first terminal to request the repeated transmission of the PUSCH of Msg3.
第一终端根据第二配置信息能够确定第一信号质量门限。该第一信号质量门限是第一终端的最大发射功率对应的信号质量门限。该第一信号质量门限不同于第二信号质量门限,第二信号质量门限是第二终端在确定是否向网络设备请求Msg3的重复传输时的信号质量门限。可选地,该第一信号质量门限为第一RSRP门限。该第二信号质量门限为第二RSRP门限。The first terminal can determine the first signal quality threshold according to the second configuration information. The first signal quality threshold is a signal quality threshold corresponding to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal. The first signal quality threshold is different from the second signal quality threshold, and the second signal quality threshold is the signal quality threshold when the second terminal determines whether to request repeated transmission of Msg3 from the network device. Optionally, the first signal quality threshold is a first RSRP threshold. The second signal quality threshold is a second RSRP threshold.
第一终端的最大发射功率低于第二终端。可选地,第一终端为低功率终端,第二终端为普通终端。低功率终端会使用第一RSRP门限,确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的Msg3的重复传输,普通终端会使用第二RSRP门限,确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的Msg3的重复传输。例如,第一终端是功率等级不为1、1.5、2、3和5的终端。例如,第一终端是最大发射功率不为31、29、26、23和20的终端。例如,第一终端是最大发射功率小于20dBm的终端。The maximum transmission power of the first terminal is lower than that of the second terminal. Optionally, the first terminal is a low-power terminal, and the second terminal is a common terminal. The low-power terminal will use the first RSRP threshold to determine whether to request the repeated transmission of Msg3 in the random access process to the network device, and the ordinary terminal will use the second RSRP threshold to determine whether to request the network device for the Msg3 in the random access process Repeat transmission. For example, the first terminal is a terminal with a power class other than 1, 1.5, 2, 3 and 5. For example, the first terminal is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is not 31, 29, 26, 23 and 20. For example, the first terminal is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is less than 20 dBm.
可选地,网络设备为第一终端配置第二配置信息的方式包括如下至少一种:Optionally, the manner in which the network device configures the second configuration information for the first terminal includes at least one of the following:
(1)为第一终端配置第二信号质量门限以及用于确定第一偏移值的信息(不包括第二偏移值)。(1) Configuring the second signal quality threshold and information for determining the first offset value (excluding the second offset value) for the first terminal.
其中,第一偏移值用于修正第二信号质量门限得到第一信号质量门限。第一终端会接收网络设备配置 的第二信号质量门限,并使用用于确定第一偏移值的信息确定第一偏移值,从而使用第一偏移值修正第二信号质量门限得到第一信号质量门限,进而使用第一信号质量门限确定Msg3的重复传输请求。Wherein, the first offset value is used to modify the second signal quality threshold to obtain the first signal quality threshold. The first terminal will receive the second signal quality threshold configured by the network device, and use the information used to determine the first offset value to determine the first offset value, thereby using the first offset value to correct the second signal quality threshold to obtain the first The signal quality threshold, and then use the first signal quality threshold to determine the repeat transmission request of Msg3.
可选地,用于确定第一偏移值的信息包括如下信息中的至少之一:Optionally, the information used to determine the first offset value includes at least one of the following information:
小区支持的终端最大发射功率;The maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell;
参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。Refer to the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power level of the terminal.
其中,参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率网络配置的或预定义的。Wherein, the maximum transmission power corresponding to the power level of the reference terminal is configured or predefined by the network.
(2)为第一终端配置第二信号质量门限以及第一偏移值。(2) Configuring the second signal quality threshold and the first offset value for the first terminal.
其中,第一偏移值用于修正第二信号质量门限得到第一信号质量门限。第一终端会接收网络设备配置的第二信号质量门限以及第一偏移值,并使用第一偏移值修正第二信号质量门限得到第一信号质量门限,从而使用第一信号质量门限确定Msg3的重复传输请求。Wherein, the first offset value is used to modify the second signal quality threshold to obtain the first signal quality threshold. The first terminal will receive the second signal quality threshold and the first offset value configured by the network device, and use the first offset value to modify the second signal quality threshold to obtain the first signal quality threshold, thereby using the first signal quality threshold to determine Msg3 repeated transfer requests.
可选地,网络设备为最大发射功率不低于参考功率的终端,配置第二信号质量门限。并且,网络设备为最大发射功率低于参考功率的终端,配置第二信号质量门限,以及根据第二对应关系配置第一偏移值。其中,第二对应关系包括不同功率等级(或最大发射功率)和不同的第一偏移值之间的对应关系。Optionally, the network device configures the second signal quality threshold for terminals whose maximum transmission power is not lower than the reference power. In addition, the network device configures a second signal quality threshold for terminals whose maximum transmit power is lower than the reference power, and configures the first offset value according to the second correspondence. Wherein, the second corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels (or maximum transmit power) and different first offset values.
即对于最大发射功率不低于参考功率的终端(例如第二终端),会接收到网络设备配置的第二信号质量门限。此时该终端会使用第二方式确定消息3的重复传输请求。对于最大发射功率低于参考功率的终端,会接收到网络设备针对该终端的功率等级配置的第一偏移值。其中,第二对应关系包括第一终端和第一偏移值之间的对应关系。因此网络设备能够实现为第一终端配置第一偏移值。That is, for a terminal (such as a second terminal) whose maximum transmission power is not lower than the reference power, it will receive the second signal quality threshold configured by the network device. At this time, the terminal will use the second method to determine the repeated transmission request of message 3 . For a terminal whose maximum transmission power is lower than the reference power, the first offset value configured by the network device for the power level of the terminal will be received. Wherein, the second correspondence includes a correspondence between the first terminal and the first offset value. Therefore, the network device can configure the first offset value for the first terminal.
或者,网络设备为最大发射功率等于参考功率的终端,配置第二信号质量门限。网络设备为最大发射功率不等于参考功率的终端,配置第二信号质量门限,以及根据第二对应关系配置第一偏移值。其中,第二对应关系包括不同功率等级(或最大发射功率)和不同的第一偏移值之间的对应关系。Alternatively, the network device configures the second signal quality threshold for terminals whose maximum transmission power is equal to the reference power. The network device configures a second signal quality threshold for terminals whose maximum transmission power is not equal to the reference power, and configures the first offset value according to the second corresponding relationship. Wherein, the second corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels (or maximum transmit power) and different first offset values.
即对于最大发射功率等于参考功率的终端(例如第二终端),会接收到网络设备配置的第二信号质量门限。此时该终端会使用第二方式确定消息3的重复传输请求。对于最大发射功率不等于参考功率的终端,会接收到网络设备针对该终端的功率等级配置的第一偏移值。其中,第二对应关系包括第一终端和第一偏移值之间的对应关系。因此网络设备能够实现为第一终端配置第一偏移值。That is, for a terminal (such as the second terminal) whose maximum transmission power is equal to the reference power, it will receive the second signal quality threshold configured by the network device. At this time, the terminal will use the second method to determine the repeated transmission request of message 3 . For a terminal whose maximum transmission power is not equal to the reference power, the first offset value configured by the network device for the power level of the terminal will be received. Wherein, the second correspondence includes a correspondence between the first terminal and the first offset value. Therefore, the network device can configure the first offset value for the first terminal.
示例地,表4示出了终端的功率等级和第一偏移值的对应关系。By way of example, Table 4 shows the correspondence between the power level of the terminal and the first offset value.
表4Table 4
功率等级power level 功率等级3Power class 3 功率等级4 Power Class 4 功率等级5Power class 5 功率等级6Power Class 6
信号质量门限Signal Quality Threshold 第一偏移值1first offset value 1 第一偏移值2first offset value 2 第一偏移值2first offset value 2 第一偏移值3first offset value 3
如表4所示,每个功率等级对应一个第一偏移值。第二对应关系包括功率等级3对应第一偏移值1,功率等级4对应第一偏移值2,功率等级5对应第一偏移值2,功率等级6对应第一偏移值3。其中,功率等级3>功率等级4>功率等级5>功率等级6,第一偏移值1>第一偏移值2>第一偏移值3。功率等级越高,则对应的第一偏移值越大。不同功率等级能够对应相同或不同的第一偏移值。功率等级为功率等级3、功率等级4、功率等级5或功率等级6的终端为低功率终端。As shown in Table 4, each power level corresponds to a first offset value. The second correspondence includes that power level 3 corresponds to the first offset value 1, power level 4 corresponds to the first offset value 2, power level 5 corresponds to the first offset value 2, and power level 6 corresponds to the first offset value 3. Wherein, power level 3>power level 4>power level 5>power level 6, first offset value 1>first offset value 2>first offset value 3. The higher the power level, the larger the corresponding first offset value. Different power levels can correspond to the same or different first offset values. A terminal with a power level of power level 3, power level 4, power level 5, or power level 6 is a low-power terminal.
需要说明的是,上述对应关系仅用作示例,不作为对本申请实施例提供的方法的限制。It should be noted that the above corresponding relationship is only used as an example, and is not intended to limit the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,参考功率等于P MaxOptionally, the reference power is equal to P Max ;
或者,or,
参考功率等于P PowerClass_refReference power is equal to PPowerClass_ref ;
或者,or,
参考功率等于min(P Max,P PowerClass_ref); Reference power is equal to min(P Max , P PowerClass_ref );
其中,P Max为网络设备广播的小区支持的终端最大发射功率。P PowerClass_ref为参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。P PowerClass_ref是网络配置的或预定义的。 Wherein, P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device. P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power class of the reference terminal. P PowerClass_ref is network configured or predefined.
(3)为第一终端配置第二信号质量门限以及用于确定第一偏移值的信息(包括第二偏移值)。(3) Configuring the second signal quality threshold and information for determining the first offset value (including the second offset value) for the first terminal.
可选地,用于确定第一偏移值的信息包括如下信息中的至少之一:Optionally, the information used to determine the first offset value includes at least one of the following information:
第二偏移值和小区支持的终端最大发射功率;The second offset value and the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell;
第二偏移值和参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率;The second offset value and the maximum transmission power corresponding to the reference terminal power level;
第二偏移值、小区支持的终端最大发射功率和参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。The second offset value, the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell, and the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power level of the reference terminal.
其中,参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率网络配置的或预定义的。Wherein, the maximum transmission power corresponding to the power level of the reference terminal is configured or predefined by the network.
步骤704:第一终端接收网络设备广播的第二配置信息。Step 704: The first terminal receives the second configuration information broadcast by the network device.
第一终端接收的第二配置信息,能够是网络设备通过上述为第一终端配置第二配置信息的3种方式中的至少一种进行配置的。The second configuration information received by the first terminal can be configured by the network device through at least one of the above three ways of configuring the second configuration information for the first terminal.
步骤706:第一终端根据第二配置信息确定第一信号质量门限。Step 706: The first terminal determines a first signal quality threshold according to the second configuration information.
第一终端确定的第一信号质量门限=第二信号质量门限-第一偏移值。第一终端根据第二配置信息确定第一偏移值,从而确定第一信号质量门限的情况能够包括以下至少一种:The first signal quality threshold determined by the first terminal=the second signal quality threshold−the first offset value. The situation where the first terminal determines the first offset value according to the second configuration information, so as to determine the first signal quality threshold may include at least one of the following:
(1)在用于确定第一偏移值的信息不包括第二偏移值的情况下。(1) In a case where the information for determining the first offset value does not include the second offset value.
第一终端根据第一终端的最大发射功率和基准最大发射功率的差值,能够确定第一偏移值,从而确定第一信号质量门限。可选地,第一终端计算第一偏移值的公式如下:The first terminal can determine the first offset value according to the difference between the maximum transmit power of the first terminal and the reference maximum transmit power, thereby determining the first signal quality threshold. Optionally, the formula for calculating the first offset value by the first terminal is as follows:
第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass-min(P PowerClass_ref,P Max))}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass - min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max ))};
或者,or,
第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass-P Max)}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass -P Max )};
或者,or,
第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass-P PowerClass_ref)}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass -P PowerClass_ref )};
其中,P PowerClass为第一终端的最大发射功率。 Wherein, P PowerClass is the maximum transmission power of the first terminal.
(2)在获取到第一偏移值的情况下。(2) When the first offset value is acquired.
当第一终端获取到第一偏移值时,能够直接使用第一偏移值对第二信号质量门限进行修正,从而得到第一信号质量门限。并且,在网络设备通过第二对应关系为第一终端配置第一偏移值时,第一终端修正第二信号质量门限时使用的第一偏移值是第一终端的功率等级对应的第一偏移值。When the first terminal acquires the first offset value, it can directly use the first offset value to modify the second signal quality threshold, so as to obtain the first signal quality threshold. Moreover, when the network device configures the first offset value for the first terminal through the second correspondence, the first offset value used by the first terminal when modifying the second signal quality threshold is the first offset value corresponding to the power level of the first terminal. offset value.
(3)在用于确定第一偏移值的信息包括第二偏移值的情况下。(3) In the case where the information for determining the first offset value includes the second offset value.
第一终端根据第一终端的最大发射功率、基准最大发射功率以及第二偏移值,能够确定第一偏移值,从而确定第一信号质量门限。可选地,第一终端计算第一偏移值的公式如下:The first terminal can determine the first offset value according to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, the reference maximum transmit power, and the second offset value, thereby determining the first signal quality threshold. Optionally, the formula for calculating the first offset value by the first terminal is as follows:
第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass+P offset-min(P PowerClass_ref,P Max))}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass +P offset -min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max ))};
或者,or,
第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass+P offset-P Max)}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass +P offset -P Max )};
或者,or,
第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass+P offset-P PowerClass_ref)}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass +P offset -P PowerClass_ref )};
其中,P offset是第二偏移值。 Wherein, P offset is the second offset value.
步骤708:第一终端使用第一信号质量门限确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输。Step 708: The first terminal uses the first signal quality threshold to determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 from the network device.
在随机接入过程中,第一终端会获取服务小区上的信号质量测量结果。在信号质量测量结果小于或等于第一信号质量门限的情况下,第一终端会向网络设备发送消息3的PUSCH重复传输请求。例如,第一终端通过使用上述第一PRACH资源配置下的资源像网络设备发送Msg1,来请求Msg3的PUSCH重复传输。During the random access process, the first terminal acquires a signal quality measurement result on the serving cell. In the case that the signal quality measurement result is less than or equal to the first signal quality threshold, the first terminal sends a PUSCH repeat transmission request of message 3 to the network device. For example, the first terminal sends Msg1 to the network device by using resources under the first PRACH resource configuration to request repeated PUSCH transmission of Msg3.
可选地,上述信号质量测量结果包括如下任意一种:Optionally, the foregoing signal quality measurement results include any of the following:
小区级的RSRP测量结果;Cell-level RSRP measurement results;
目标SSB上的RSRP测量结果。该目标SSB是测量结果最好的SSB或测量结果大于测量门限的SSB。RSRP measurement results on the target SSB. The target SSB is the SSB with the best measurement result or the SSB with the measurement result greater than the measurement threshold.
示例地,图8是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输的过程的示意图。如图8所示,低功率终端801根据信号质量测量值803与第一信号质量门限804之间的大小关系,确定是否请求Msg3的重复传输。第一信号质量门限804是低功率终端801使用第一偏移值806对第二信号质量门限805进行修正确定的。当低功率终端801确定的信号质量测量值803小于或等于第一信号质量门限804时,低功率终端801确定请求Msg3的重复传输。当低功率终端801确定的信号质量测量值803大于第一信号质量门限804时,低功率终端801确定不请求Msg3的重复传输。普通终端802根据信号质量测量值803与第二信号质量门限805之间的大小关系,确定是否请求Msg3的重复传输。当普通终端802确定的信号质量测量值803小于或等于第二信号质量门限805时,普通终端802确定请求Msg3的重复传输。当普通终端802确定的信号质量测量值803大于第二信号质量门限805时,普通终端802确定不请求Msg3的重复传输。Exemplarily, FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a process of determining whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 from a network device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 8 , the low-power terminal 801 determines whether to request repeated transmission of Msg3 according to the magnitude relationship between the signal quality measurement value 803 and the first signal quality threshold 804 . The first signal quality threshold 804 is determined by the low-power terminal 801 using the first offset value 806 to modify the second signal quality threshold 805 . When the signal quality measurement value 803 determined by the low-power terminal 801 is less than or equal to the first signal quality threshold 804, the low-power terminal 801 determines to request repeated transmission of Msg3. When the signal quality measurement value 803 determined by the low-power terminal 801 is greater than the first signal quality threshold 804, the low-power terminal 801 determines not to request repeated transmission of Msg3. The ordinary terminal 802 determines whether to request repeated transmission of Msg3 according to the magnitude relationship between the signal quality measurement value 803 and the second signal quality threshold 805 . When the signal quality measurement value 803 determined by the ordinary terminal 802 is less than or equal to the second signal quality threshold 805, the ordinary terminal 802 determines to request repeated transmission of Msg3. When the signal quality measurement value 803 determined by the ordinary terminal 802 is greater than the second signal quality threshold 805, the ordinary terminal 802 determines not to request repeated transmission of Msg3.
结合图8可知,第一信号质量门限高于第二信号质量门限,因此使用第一信号质量门限,能够实现使最大发射功率较低的终端,更容易触发请求Msg3的重复传输,从而提升针对最大发射功率较低的终端的上行覆盖增强。It can be seen from FIG. 8 that the first signal quality threshold is higher than the second signal quality threshold. Therefore, using the first signal quality threshold can make it easier for terminals with lower maximum transmit power to trigger repeated transmission of the request Msg3, thereby improving the maximum Enhanced uplink coverage for terminals with lower transmit power.
需要说明的是,上述步骤702能够单独实现成为网络设备侧的信息配置方法。上述步骤706能够单独实现成为第一终端侧的第一信号质量门限的确定方法。上述步骤708能够单独实现成为第一终端侧的随机接入方法。It should be noted that the above step 702 can be implemented independently as an information configuration method on the network device side. The above step 706 can independently implement a method for determining the first signal quality threshold at the first terminal side. The above step 708 can be independently implemented as a random access method on the first terminal side.
综上所述,本实施例提供的方法,第一终端能够根据第二配置信息,来确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输,从而实现移动通信的上行覆盖增强。在此过程中能够考虑终端的最大发射功率之间的差异,能够实现使最大发射功率较低的终端,更容易触发请求Msg3的重复传输,从而实现有针对性地增强移动通信的上行覆盖。To sum up, with the method provided in this embodiment, the first terminal can determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process to the network device according to the second configuration information, so as to realize uplink coverage enhancement of mobile communication. In this process, the difference between the maximum transmission powers of the terminals can be considered, so that the terminal with the lower maximum transmission power can more easily trigger the repeated transmission of the request Msg3, so as to realize targeted enhancement of the uplink coverage of the mobile communication.
并且,上述方式充分考虑不同终端的终端功率等级的差异性带来的上行覆盖的差异性,使得终端可以根据自身的功率等级更准确的判定是否需要请求消息3的上行覆盖增强。对于高功率等级的终端可以避免由于评估信号质量测量结果不准带来的资源浪费的问题。对于低功率等级的终端可以避免由于评估信号质 量测量结果不准带来的上行覆盖受限的问题。Moreover, the above method fully considers the differences in uplink coverage brought about by the differences in terminal power levels of different terminals, so that the terminals can more accurately determine whether to request message 3 for uplink coverage enhancement according to their own power levels. For terminals with a high power level, the problem of waste of resources caused by inaccurate measurement results of evaluating signal quality can be avoided. For terminals with low power levels, the problem of limited uplink coverage caused by inaccurate evaluation signal quality measurement results can be avoided.
第三种:第一终端根据修正后的信号质量测量结果,以及第二信号质量门限,确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输。The third method: the first terminal determines whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 from the network device according to the corrected signal quality measurement result and the second signal quality threshold.
图9示出了本申请一个实施例提供的随机接入方法的流程图。图9以该方法应用于图2所示的通信系统来举例说明。该方法包括:FIG. 9 shows a flowchart of a random access method provided by an embodiment of the present application. FIG. 9 exemplifies that the method is applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 2 . The method includes:
步骤902:网络设备为第一终端配置第三配置信息,第三配置信息包括用于修正信号质量测量结果的信息。Step 902: The network device configures third configuration information for the first terminal, where the third configuration information includes information for correcting a signal quality measurement result.
该第三配置信息用于第一终端确定是否向网络设备请求Msg3的PUSCH重复传输。可选地,该第三配置信息包括用于第一终端请求Msg3的PUSCH重复传输的第一PRACH资源配置。The third configuration information is used by the first terminal to determine whether to request the network device for repeated PUSCH transmission of Msg3. Optionally, the third configuration information includes the first PRACH resource configuration for the PUSCH repeated transmission requested by the first terminal for Msg3.
第一终端根据第三配置信息能够实现使用第三偏移值对信号质量测量结果进行修正。从而得到修正后的信号质量测量结果。之后第一终端会使用修正后的信号质量测量结果,确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输。该修正后的信号质量测量结果不同于初始信号质量测量结果,初始信号质量测量结果是第二终端在确定是否向网络设备请求Msg3的重复传输时的信号测量结果。The first terminal can correct the signal quality measurement result by using the third offset value according to the third configuration information. A corrected signal quality measurement result is thereby obtained. Then the first terminal will use the corrected signal quality measurement result to determine whether to request the network device for repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process. The corrected signal quality measurement result is different from the initial signal quality measurement result, and the initial signal quality measurement result is the signal measurement result when the second terminal determines whether to request repeated transmission of Msg3 from the network device.
第一终端的最大发射功率低于第二终端。可选地,第一终端为低功率终端,第二终端为普通终端。低功率终端会使用修正后的信号质量测量结果,确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的Msg3的重复传输,普通终端会使用初始信号质量测量结果,确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的Msg3的重复传输。例如,第一终端是功率等级不为1、1.5、2、3和5的终端。例如,第一终端是最大发射功率不为31、29、26、23和20的终端。例如,第一终端是最大发射功率小于20dBm的终端。The maximum transmission power of the first terminal is lower than that of the second terminal. Optionally, the first terminal is a low-power terminal, and the second terminal is a common terminal. The low-power terminal will use the corrected signal quality measurement result to determine whether to request the network device for repeated transmission of Msg3 during the random access process, and the ordinary terminal will use the initial signal quality measurement result to determine whether to request the network device for the random access process Repeated transmission of Msg3 in . For example, the first terminal is a terminal with a power class other than 1, 1.5, 2, 3 and 5. For example, the first terminal is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is not 31, 29, 26, 23 and 20. For example, the first terminal is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is less than 20 dBm.
可选地,网络设备为第一终端配置第三配置信息的方式包括如下至少一种:Optionally, the manner in which the network device configures the third configuration information for the first terminal includes at least one of the following:
(1)为第一终端配置第二信号质量门限以及用于确定第三偏移值的信息(不包括第四偏移值)。(1) Configuring the second signal quality threshold and information for determining the third offset value (excluding the fourth offset value) for the first terminal.
可选地,用于确定第三偏移值的信息包括如下信息中的至少之一:Optionally, the information used to determine the third offset value includes at least one of the following information:
小区支持的终端最大发射功率;The maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell;
参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。Refer to the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power level of the terminal.
其中,参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率网络配置的或预定义的。Wherein, the maximum transmission power corresponding to the power level of the reference terminal is configured or predefined by the network.
(2)为第一终端配置第二信号质量门限以及第三偏移值。(2) Configuring the second signal quality threshold and the third offset value for the first terminal.
可选地,网络设备为最大发射功率不低于参考功率的终端,配置第二信号质量门限。网络设备为最大发射功率低于参考功率的终端,配置第二信号质量门限,以及根据第三对应关系配置第三偏移值。其中,第三对应关系包括不同功率等级(或最大发射功率)和不同的第三偏移值之间的对应关系。Optionally, the network device configures the second signal quality threshold for terminals whose maximum transmission power is not lower than the reference power. The network device configures the second signal quality threshold for terminals whose maximum transmission power is lower than the reference power, and configures the third offset value according to the third corresponding relationship. Wherein, the third corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels (or maximum transmit power) and different third offset values.
即对于最大发射功率不低于参考功率的终端(例如第二终端),会接收到网络设备配置的第二信号质量门限。此时该终端会使用第二方式确定消息3的重复传输请求。对于最大发射功率低于参考功率的终端,会接收到网络设备针对该终端的功率等级配置的第三偏移值。其中,第三对应关系包括第一终端和第三偏移值之间的对应关系。因此网络设备能够实现为第一终端配置第三偏移值。That is, for a terminal (such as a second terminal) whose maximum transmission power is not lower than the reference power, it will receive the second signal quality threshold configured by the network device. At this time, the terminal will use the second method to determine the repeated transmission request of message 3 . For a terminal whose maximum transmission power is lower than the reference power, a third offset value configured by the network device for the power level of the terminal will be received. Wherein, the third correspondence includes a correspondence between the first terminal and the third offset value. Therefore, the network device can configure the third offset value for the first terminal.
可选地,网络设备为最大发射功率等于参考功率的终端,配置第二信号质量门限。网络设备为最大发射功率不等于参考功率的终端,配置第二信号质量门限,以及根据第三对应关系配置第三偏移值。其中,第三对应关系包括不同功率等级(或最大发射功率)和不同的第三偏移值之间的对应关系。Optionally, the network device configures the second signal quality threshold for terminals whose maximum transmit power is equal to the reference power. The network device configures the second signal quality threshold for the terminal whose maximum transmit power is not equal to the reference power, and configures the third offset value according to the third corresponding relationship. Wherein, the third corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels (or maximum transmit power) and different third offset values.
即对于最大发射功率等于参考功率的终端(例如第二终端),会接收到网络设备配置的第二信号质量门限。此时该终端会使用第二方式确定消息3的重复传输请求。对于最大发射功率不等于参考功率的终端,会接收到网络设备针对该终端的功率等级配置的第三偏移值。其中,第三对应关系包括第一终端和第三偏移值之间的对应关系。因此网络设备能够实现为第一终端配置第三偏移值。That is, for a terminal (such as the second terminal) whose maximum transmission power is equal to the reference power, it will receive the second signal quality threshold configured by the network device. At this time, the terminal will use the second method to determine the repeated transmission request of message 3 . For a terminal whose maximum transmission power is not equal to the reference power, a third offset value configured by the network device for the power level of the terminal will be received. Wherein, the third correspondence includes a correspondence between the first terminal and the third offset value. Therefore, the network device can configure the third offset value for the first terminal.
示例地,表5示出了终端的功率等级和第三偏移值的对应关系。By way of example, Table 5 shows the correspondence between the power level of the terminal and the third offset value.
表5table 5
功率等级power level 功率等级3Power class 3 功率等级4 Power Class 4 功率等级5Power class 5 功率等级6Power Class 6
信号质量门限Signal Quality Threshold 第三偏移值1third offset value 1 第三偏移值2third offset value 2 第三偏移值2third offset value 2 第三偏移值3third offset value 3
如表5所示,每个功率等级对应一个第三偏移值。第三对应关系包括功率等级3对应第三偏移值1,功率等级4对应第三偏移值2,功率等级5对应第三偏移值2,功率等级6对应第三偏移值3。其中,功率等级3>功率等级4>功率等级5>功率等级6,第三偏移值1<第三偏移值2<第三偏移值3。功率等级越高,则对应的第三偏移值越小。不同功率等级能够对应相同或不同的第三偏移值。功率等级为功率等级3、功率等级4、功率等级5或功率等级6的终端为低功率终端。As shown in Table 5, each power level corresponds to a third offset value. The third correspondence relationship includes that power level 3 corresponds to the third offset value 1, power level 4 corresponds to the third offset value 2, power level 5 corresponds to the third offset value 2, and power level 6 corresponds to the third offset value 3. Wherein, power level 3>power level 4>power level 5>power level 6, third offset value 1<third offset value 2<third offset value 3. The higher the power level, the smaller the corresponding third offset value. Different power levels can correspond to the same or different third offset values. A terminal with a power level of power level 3, power level 4, power level 5, or power level 6 is a low-power terminal.
需要说明的是,上述对应关系仅用作示例,不作为对本申请实施例提供的方法的限制。It should be noted that the above corresponding relationship is only used as an example, and is not intended to limit the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,上述参考功率等于P MaxOptionally, the above reference power is equal to P Max ;
或者,or,
参考功率等于P PowerClass_refReference power is equal to PPowerClass_ref ;
或者,or,
参考功率等于min(P Max,P PowerClass_ref); Reference power is equal to min(P Max , P PowerClass_ref );
其中,P Max为网络设备广播的小区支持的终端最大发射功率。P PowerClass_ref为参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。P PowerClass_ref是网络配置的或预定义的。 Wherein, P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device. P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power class of the reference terminal. P PowerClass_ref is network configured or predefined.
(3)为第一终端配置第二信号质量门限以及用于确定第三偏移值的信息(包括第四偏移值)。(3) Configuring the second signal quality threshold and information for determining the third offset value (including the fourth offset value) for the first terminal.
可选地,用于确定第三偏移值的信息包括如下信息中的至少之一:Optionally, the information used to determine the third offset value includes at least one of the following information:
第四偏移值和小区支持的终端最大发射功率;The fourth offset value and the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell;
第四偏移值和参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率;The fourth offset value and the maximum transmission power corresponding to the power level of the reference terminal;
第四偏移值、小区支持的终端最大发射功率和参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。The fourth offset value, the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell, and the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power level of the reference terminal.
其中,参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率网络配置的或预定义的。Wherein, the maximum transmission power corresponding to the power level of the reference terminal is configured or predefined by the network.
步骤904:第一终端接收网络设备广播的第三配置信息。Step 904: The first terminal receives the third configuration information broadcast by the network device.
第一终端接收的第三配置信息,能够是网络设备通过上述为第一终端配置第三配置信息的3种方式中的至少一种进行配置的。The third configuration information received by the first terminal can be configured by the network device through at least one of the above three ways of configuring the third configuration information for the first terminal.
步骤906:第一终端根据第三配置信息确定修正后的信号质量测量结果。Step 906: The first terminal determines the corrected signal quality measurement result according to the third configuration information.
第一终端确定的修正后的信号质量测量结果=信号质量测量结果-第三偏移值。第一终端根据第三配置信息确定第三偏移值,从而确定修正后的信号质量测量结果的情况能够包括以下至少一种:The corrected signal quality measurement result determined by the first terminal=the signal quality measurement result−the third offset value. The situation where the first terminal determines the third offset value according to the third configuration information, so as to determine the corrected signal quality measurement result may include at least one of the following:
(1)在用于确定第三偏移值的信息不包括第四偏移值的情况下。(1) In a case where the information for determining the third offset value does not include the fourth offset value.
第一终端根据第一终端的最大发射功率和基准最大发射功率的差值,能够确定第三偏移值,从而确定修正后的信号质量测量结果。可选地,第一终端计算第三偏移值的公式如下:The first terminal can determine the third offset value according to the difference between the maximum transmit power of the first terminal and the reference maximum transmit power, so as to determine the corrected signal quality measurement result. Optionally, the formula for calculating the third offset value by the first terminal is as follows:
第三偏移值等于max{0,(min(P PowerClass_ref,P Max)-P PowerClass)}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max )−P PowerClass )};
或者,or,
第三偏移值等于max{0,(P Max-P PowerClass)}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (P Max -P PowerClass )};
或者,or,
第三偏移值等于max{0,(P PowerClass_ref-P PowerClass)}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (P PowerClass_ref -P PowerClass )};
其中,P PowerClass为第一终端的最大发射功率。 Wherein, P PowerClass is the maximum transmission power of the first terminal.
(2)在获取到第三偏移值的情况下。(2) When the third offset value is acquired.
当第一终端获取到第三偏移值时,能够直接使用第三偏移值对信号质量测量结果进行修正,从而得到修正后的信号质量测量结果。并且,在网络设备通过第三对应关系为第一终端配置第三偏移值时,第一终端修正信号质量测量结果时使用的第三偏移值是第一终端的功率等级对应的第三偏移值。When the first terminal acquires the third offset value, it can directly use the third offset value to correct the signal quality measurement result, so as to obtain the corrected signal quality measurement result. Moreover, when the network device configures the third offset value for the first terminal through the third correspondence, the third offset value used by the first terminal when correcting the signal quality measurement result is the third offset value corresponding to the power level of the first terminal. transfer value.
(3)在用于确定第三偏移值的信息包括第四偏移值的情况下。(3) In the case where the information for determining the third offset value includes the fourth offset value.
第一终端根据第一终端的最大发射功率、基准最大发射功率以及第四偏移值,能够确定第三偏移值,从而确定修正后的信号质量测量结果。可选地,第一终端计算第三偏移值的公式如下:The first terminal can determine the third offset value according to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, the reference maximum transmit power, and the fourth offset value, so as to determine the corrected signal quality measurement result. Optionally, the formula for calculating the third offset value by the first terminal is as follows:
第三偏移值等于max{0,(min(P PowerClass_ref,P Max)-(P PowerClass+P offset))}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max )-(P PowerClass +P offset ))};
或者,or,
第三偏移值等于max{0,(P Max-(P PowerClass+P offset))}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (P Max -(P PowerClass +P offset ))};
或者,or,
第三偏移值等于max{0,(P PowerClass_ref-(P PowerClass+P offset))}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (P PowerClass_ref - (P PowerClass + P offset ))};
其中,P offset是第四偏移值。 Wherein, P offset is the fourth offset value.
步骤908:第一终端使用修正后的信号质量测量结果确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输。Step 908: the first terminal uses the corrected signal quality measurement result to determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 from the network device.
在随机接入过程中,第一终端会获取服务小区上的信号质量测量结果,并使用第三偏移值修正该信号质量测量结果,得到修正后的信号质量测量结果。在修正后的信号质量测量结果小于或等于第二信号质量门限的情况下,第一终端会向网络设备发送消息3的PUSCH重复传输请求。例如,第一终端通过使用上述第一PRACH资源配置下的资源像网络设备发送Msg1,来请求Msg3的PUSCH重复传输。During the random access process, the first terminal acquires the signal quality measurement result on the serving cell, and uses the third offset value to correct the signal quality measurement result to obtain the corrected signal quality measurement result. In a case where the corrected signal quality measurement result is less than or equal to the second signal quality threshold, the first terminal sends a PUSCH retransmission request of message 3 to the network device. For example, the first terminal sends Msg1 to the network device by using resources under the first PRACH resource configuration to request repeated PUSCH transmission of Msg3.
可选地,上述信号质量测量结果包括如下任意一种:Optionally, the foregoing signal quality measurement results include any of the following:
小区级的RSRP测量结果;Cell-level RSRP measurement results;
目标SSB上的RSRP测量结果。该目标SSB是测量结果最好的SSB或测量结果大于测量门限的SSB。RSRP measurement results on the target SSB. The target SSB is the SSB with the best measurement result or the SSB with the measurement result greater than the measurement threshold.
示例地,图10是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输的过程的示意图。如图10所示,低功率终端1001根据修正后的信号质量测量值1003与第二信号质量门限1004之间的大小关系,确定是否请求Msg3的重复传输。当低功率终端1001确定的修正后的信号质量测量值1003小于或等于第二信号质量门限1004时,低功率终端1001确定请求Msg3的重复传输。当低功率终端1001确定的修正后的信号质量测量值1003大于第二信号质量门限1004时,低功率终端1001确定不请求Msg3的重复传输。普通终端1002也能够使用修正后的信号质量测量值1003来确定是否定请求Msg3的重复传输。或者,普通终端使用初始的信号质量测量值来确定是否定请求Msg3的重复传输。Exemplarily, FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a process of determining whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 from a network device provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 10 , the low-power terminal 1001 determines whether to request repeated transmission of Msg3 according to the magnitude relationship between the corrected signal quality measurement value 1003 and the second signal quality threshold 1004 . When the corrected signal quality measurement value 1003 determined by the low-power terminal 1001 is less than or equal to the second signal quality threshold 1004, the low-power terminal 1001 determines to request repeated transmission of Msg3. When the corrected signal quality measurement value 1003 determined by the low-power terminal 1001 is greater than the second signal quality threshold 1004, the low-power terminal 1001 determines not to request repeated transmission of Msg3. The ordinary terminal 1002 can also use the corrected signal quality measurement value 1003 to determine whether to deny the repeated transmission of the request Msg3. Alternatively, the common terminal uses the initial signal quality measurement value to determine whether to deny the repeated transmission of the request Msg3.
需要说明的是,上述步骤902能够单独实现成为网络设备侧的信息配置方法。上述步骤906能够单独实现成为第一终端侧的信号质量测量结果的修正方法。上述步骤908能够单独实现成为第一终端侧的随机接入方法。It should be noted that the above step 902 can be implemented independently as an information configuration method on the network device side. The above-mentioned step 906 can independently implement a method for correcting the signal quality measurement result on the first terminal side. The above step 908 can be implemented as a random access method on the first terminal side alone.
综上所述,本实施例提供的方法,第一终端能够根据第三配置信息,来确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输,从而实现移动通信的上行覆盖增强。在此过程中能够考虑终端的最大发射功率之间的差异,能够实现使最大发射功率较低的终端,更容易触发请求Msg3的重复传输,从而实现有针对性地增强移动通信的上行覆盖。To sum up, with the method provided in this embodiment, the first terminal can determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process to the network device according to the third configuration information, so as to realize uplink coverage enhancement of mobile communication. In this process, the difference between the maximum transmission powers of the terminals can be considered, so that the terminal with the lower maximum transmission power can more easily trigger the repeated transmission of the request Msg3, so as to realize targeted enhancement of the uplink coverage of the mobile communication.
并且,上述方式充分考虑不同终端的终端功率等级的差异性带来的上行覆盖的差异性,使得终端可以根据自身的功率等级更准确的判定是否需要请求消息3的上行覆盖增强。对于高功率等级的终端可以避免由于评估信号质量测量结果不准带来的资源浪费的问题。对于低功率等级的终端可以避免由于评估信号质量测量结果不准带来的上行覆盖受限的问题。Moreover, the above method fully considers the differences in uplink coverage brought about by the differences in terminal power levels of different terminals, so that the terminals can more accurately determine whether to request message 3 for uplink coverage enhancement according to their own power levels. For terminals with a high power level, the problem of waste of resources caused by inaccurate measurement results of evaluating signal quality can be avoided. For terminals with low power levels, the problem of limited uplink coverage caused by inaccurate evaluation signal quality measurement results can be avoided.
可选地,本申请提供的方法,还能够用于侧行链路(sidelink)通信的场景中。具体如下:Optionally, the method provided in this application can also be used in a scenario of sidelink (sidelink) communication. details as follows:
图11示出了本申请一个实施例提供的随机接入方法的流程图。图11以该方法应用于支持侧行链路通信的第一终端和第二终端来举例说明。该方法包括:Fig. 11 shows a flowchart of a random access method provided by an embodiment of the present application. FIG. 11 exemplifies that the method is applied to a first terminal and a second terminal supporting sidelink communication. The method includes:
步骤1102:第一终端接收第二终端发送的侧行信息。Step 1102: the first terminal receives side travel information sent by the second terminal.
侧行链路通信是一种设备到设备的通信方式,具有较高的频谱效率和较低的传输时延。与Uu接口通信相比,侧行链路通信具有时延短,开销小等特点,非常适合用于终端设备和地理位置接近的其他终端设备进行直接通信,两个终端设备能够通过侧行链路进行直接通信。Sidelink communication is a device-to-device communication method with high spectral efficiency and low transmission delay. Compared with Uu interface communication, sidelink communication has the characteristics of short delay and low overhead, which is very suitable for direct communication between terminal equipment and other terminal equipment with close geographic location. Two terminal equipment can communicate through sidelink for direct communication.
可选地,第一终端的最大发射功率低于第二终端。第一终端为低功率终端,第二终端为普通终端。例如,第一终端是功率等级不为1、1.5、2、3和5的终端。例如,第一终端是最大发射功率不为31、29、26、23和20的终端。例如,第一终端是最大发射功率小于20dBm的终端。Optionally, the maximum transmit power of the first terminal is lower than that of the second terminal. The first terminal is a low-power terminal, and the second terminal is a common terminal. For example, the first terminal is a terminal with a power class other than 1, 1.5, 2, 3 and 5. For example, the first terminal is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is not 31, 29, 26, 23 and 20. For example, the first terminal is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is less than 20 dBm.
其中,第二终端能够通过向第一终端发送网络设备配置的信息。此时第二终端可称为中继终端,第一终端可称为远端终端。示例地,图12是本申请一个示例性实施例提供的支持侧行链路通信的第一终端和第二终端的连接关系的示意图。如图12所示,远端终端1201的数量通常为多个,每一个网络设备1203所管理的小区内可以分布一个或多个远端终端1201。中继终端1202的数量通常为多个,每一个网络设备1203所管理的小区内可以分布一个或多个中继终端1202。网络设备1203是用于为远端终端1201以及中继终端1202提供无线通信功能的设备。远端终端1201与中继终端1202之间通过侧行链路建立连接,可以通过直连通信接口(如PC5接口)互相通信,中继终端1202可以通过侧行链路向远端终端广播网络设备的消息,从而实现网络中继。网络设备1203与中继终端1202之间通过某种空中技术互相通信,例如Uu接口。Wherein, the second terminal can send the configuration information of the network device to the first terminal. In this case, the second terminal may be called a relay terminal, and the first terminal may be called a remote terminal. Exemplarily, FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a connection relationship between a first terminal supporting sidelink communication and a second terminal provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12 , there are generally multiple remote terminals 1201 , and one or more remote terminals 1201 may be distributed in a cell managed by each network device 1203 . The number of relay terminals 1202 is generally multiple, and one or more relay terminals 1202 may be distributed in a cell managed by each network device 1203 . The network device 1203 is a device for providing wireless communication functions for the remote terminal 1201 and the relay terminal 1202 . The connection between the remote terminal 1201 and the relay terminal 1202 is established through a side link, and they can communicate with each other through a direct communication interface (such as a PC5 interface), and the relay terminal 1202 can broadcast network equipment to the remote terminal through the side link messages, thereby realizing network relay. The network device 1203 and the relay terminal 1202 communicate with each other through a certain air technology, such as a Uu interface.
该侧行信息为第二终端转发的网络设备的信息,或者是第二终端生成的信息。例如,该侧行信息包括网络设备配置的信息,网络设备通过广播的方式将其配置的信息发送至第二终端。或者,该侧行信息由第二终端根据预设规则生成。可选地,该侧行信息包括上述第一配置信息、第二配置信息、第三配置信息以及第二信号质量门限门限中的一种或多种。The sidelink information is the information of the network device forwarded by the second terminal, or the information generated by the second terminal. For example, the lateral information includes configuration information of the network device, and the network device sends the configuration information to the second terminal in a broadcast manner. Alternatively, the side travel information is generated by the second terminal according to a preset rule. Optionally, the sidelink information includes one or more of the above-mentioned first configuration information, second configuration information, third configuration information, and second signal quality threshold.
步骤1104:第一终端根据侧行信息确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输。Step 1104: the first terminal determines whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 from the network device according to the lateral information.
当侧行信息包括第一配置信息时,第一终端根据第一配置信息中的第一信号质量门限,能够确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输。When the sidelink information includes the first configuration information, the first terminal can determine whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 to the network device according to the first signal quality threshold in the first configuration information.
当侧行信息包括第二配置信息时,第一终端根据第二配置信息中的用于确定第一信号质量门限的信息,结合已获取到第二信号质量门限,或根据侧行信息获取到的第二信号质量门限,能够确定第一信号质量门限,从而根据第一信号质量门限确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输。When the sidelink information includes the second configuration information, the first terminal combines the acquired second signal quality threshold with the information used to determine the first signal quality threshold in the second configuration information, or the information obtained according to the sidelink information. The second signal quality threshold can determine the first signal quality threshold, so as to determine whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 to the network device according to the first signal quality threshold.
当侧行信息包括第三配置信息时,第一终端根据第三配置信息中的用于修正信号质量测量结果的信息,结合已获取到第二信号质量门限,或根据侧行信息获取到的第二信号质量门限,能够确定修正后的信号质量测量结果,并结合第二信号质量门限确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输。When the sidelink information includes the third configuration information, the first terminal combines the obtained second signal quality threshold with the information for correcting the signal quality measurement result in the third configuration information, or the first terminal obtained according to the sidelink information. The second signal quality threshold can determine the corrected signal quality measurement result, and determine whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 to the network device in combination with the second signal quality threshold.
当侧行信息仅包括第二信号质量门限时,第一终端根据已获取到的第一信号质量门限或用于确定第一信号质量门限的信息,能够确定第一信息质量门限,从而根据第一信号质量门限确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输。或者,第一终端根据已获取到的用于修正信号质量测量结果的信息确定修正后的信号质量测量结果,并结合侧行信息中的第二信号质量门限确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输。When the sidelink information only includes the second signal quality threshold, the first terminal can determine the first information quality threshold according to the acquired first signal quality threshold or the information used to determine the first signal quality threshold, so that the first terminal can determine the first signal quality threshold according to the first The signal quality threshold determines whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 from the network device. Or, the first terminal determines the corrected signal quality measurement result according to the obtained information for correcting the signal quality measurement result, and determines whether to request the network device to repeat the message 3 in combination with the second signal quality threshold in the sidelink information transmission.
需要说明的是,第一终端根据侧行信息确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输的过程中,会使用第一终端的最大发射功率,从而确定出通过最适宜的方式来确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输。It should be noted that, in the process of determining whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 from the network device according to the side information, the first terminal will use the maximum transmission power of the first terminal, so as to determine whether to send the message 3 to the network in the most appropriate way. The device requests a repeated transmission of message 3.
综上所述,本实施例提供的方法,第一终端能够根据侧行信息,来确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输,从而实现移动通信的上行覆盖增强。在此过程中能够考虑终端的最大发射功率之间的差异,能够实现使最大发射功率较低的终端,更容易触发请求Msg3的重复传输,从而实现有针 对性地增强移动通信的上行覆盖。To sum up, with the method provided in this embodiment, the first terminal can determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process to the network device according to the sidelink information, thereby realizing enhanced uplink coverage of mobile communication. In this process, the difference between the maximum transmit power of the terminals can be considered, and the terminal with the lower maximum transmit power can more easily trigger the repeated transmission of the request Msg3, so as to achieve targeted enhancement of the uplink coverage of mobile communication.
并且,上述方式充分考虑不同终端的终端功率等级的差异性带来的上行覆盖的差异性,使得终端可以根据自身的功率等级更准确的判定是否需要请求消息3的上行覆盖增强。对于高功率等级的终端可以避免由于评估信号质量测量结果不准带来的资源浪费的问题。对于低功率等级的终端可以避免由于评估信号质量测量结果不准带来的上行覆盖受限的问题。Moreover, the above method fully considers the differences in uplink coverage brought about by the differences in terminal power levels of different terminals, so that the terminals can more accurately determine whether to request message 3 for uplink coverage enhancement according to their own power levels. For terminals with a high power level, the problem of waste of resources caused by inaccurate measurement results of evaluating signal quality can be avoided. For terminals with low power levels, the problem of limited uplink coverage caused by inaccurate evaluation signal quality measurement results can be avoided.
上述各个实施例可以单独实施,也可以自由组合实施。The above-mentioned embodiments can be implemented independently or in combination freely.
图13示出了本申请一个实施例提供的随机接入装置的框图。如图13所示,该装置130包括:Fig. 13 shows a block diagram of a random access device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 13, the device 130 includes:
确定模块1301,用于确定服务小区上的信号质量测量结果。The determination module 1301 is configured to determine the signal quality measurement result on the serving cell.
确定模块1301,还用于根据信号质量测量结果和第一终端的最大发射功率,确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输。The determining module 1301 is further configured to determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process to the network device according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal.
在一个可选的设计中,确定模块1301,用于:In an optional design, the determination module 1301 is used for:
根据信号质量测量结果和第一终端的最大发射功率对应的第一信号质量门限,确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输。According to the signal quality measurement result and the first signal quality threshold corresponding to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, it is determined whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 to the network device.
在一个可选的设计中,装置130还包括:In an optional design, device 130 also includes:
发送模块1302,用于在信号质量测量结果小于第一信号质量门限的情况下,向网络设备发送消息3的PUSCH重复传输请求。The sending module 1302 is configured to send a PUSCH retransmission request of message 3 to the network device when the signal quality measurement result is less than the first signal quality threshold.
在一个可选的设计中,根据信号质量测量结果和最大发射功率,确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输的确定方式为第一方式,第一方式不同于第二方式,第二方式是第二终端在确定是否向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输时的方式,第一终端的最大发射功率低于第二终端。In an optional design, according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmit power, the method of determining whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 to the network device is the first method, the first method is different from the second method, and the second method is When the second terminal determines whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 from the network device, the maximum transmission power of the first terminal is lower than that of the second terminal.
在一个可选的设计中,装置130还包括:In an optional design, device 130 also includes:
接收模块1303,用于接收网络设备配置的第一信号质量门限。The receiving module 1303 is configured to receive the first signal quality threshold configured by the network device.
在一个可选的设计中,装置130还包括:In an optional design, device 130 also includes:
接收模块1303,用于接收网络设备配置的第二信号质量门限。The receiving module 1303 is configured to receive the second signal quality threshold configured by the network device.
确定模块1301,用于根据第一偏移值和第二信号质量门限,确定第一信号质量门限,A determination module 1301, configured to determine a first signal quality threshold according to the first offset value and the second signal quality threshold,
其中,第二信号质量门限对应的终端设备的最大发射功率大于第一信号质量门限对应的终端设备的最大发射功率。Wherein, the maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the second signal quality threshold is greater than the maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the first signal quality threshold.
在一个可选的设计中,确定模块1301,用于:In an optional design, the determination module 1301 is used for:
根据第一终端的最大发射功率和基准最大发射功率的差值,确定第一偏移值。Determine the first offset value according to the difference between the maximum transmit power of the first terminal and the reference maximum transmit power.
在一个可选的设计中,确定模块1301,用于:In an optional design, the determination module 1301 is used for:
通过如下方式确定第一偏移值:The first offset value is determined by:
第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass-min(P PowerClass_ref,P Max))}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass - min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max ))};
或者,or,
第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass-P Max)}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass -P Max )};
或者,or,
第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass-P PowerClass_ref)}。 The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass -P PowerClass_ref )}.
其中,P PowerClass为第一终端的最大发射功率。P Max为网络设备广播的小区支持的终端最大发射功率。P PowerClass_ref为参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。 Wherein, P PowerClass is the maximum transmission power of the first terminal. P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device. P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power class of the reference terminal.
在一个可选的设计中,接收模块1303,用于:In an optional design, the receiving module 1303 is used for:
接收网络设备配置的第一偏移值。A first offset value configured by a network device is received.
在一个可选的设计中,接收模块1303,用于:In an optional design, the receiving module 1303 is used for:
接收网络设备配置的第二偏移值。A second offset value configured by the network device is received.
确定模块1301,用于根据第一终端的最大发射功率、基准最大发射功率以及第二偏移值,确定第一偏移值。A determining module 1301, configured to determine a first offset value according to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, the reference maximum transmit power, and the second offset value.
在一个可选的设计中,确定模块1301,用于:In an optional design, the determination module 1301 is used for:
通过如下方式确定第一偏移值:The first offset value is determined by:
第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass+P offset-min(P PowerClass_ref,P Max))}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass +P offset -min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max ))};
或者,or,
第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass+P offset-P Max)}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass +P offset -P Max )};
或者,or,
第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass+P offset-P PowerClass_ref)}。 The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass +P offset -P PowerClass_ref )}.
其中,P PowerClass为第一终端的最大发射功率。P Max为网络设备广播的小区支持的终端最大发射功率。P PowerClass_ref为参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。P offset是第二偏移值。 Wherein, P PowerClass is the maximum transmit power of the first terminal. P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device. P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power class of the reference terminal. P offset is the second offset value.
在一个可选的设计中,装置130还包括:In an optional design, device 130 also includes:
确定模块1301,用于根据第三偏移值对信号质量测量结果进行修正,确定修正后的信号质量测量结果。The determination module 1301 is configured to correct the signal quality measurement result according to the third offset value, and determine the corrected signal quality measurement result.
确定模块1301,还用于确定第二信号质量门限。The determining module 1301 is further configured to determine a second signal quality threshold.
发送模块1302,用于在修正后的信号质量测量结果小于或等于第二信号质量门限的情况下,向网络设备发送消息3的PUSCH重复传输请求。The sending module 1302 is configured to send the PUSCH retransmission request of message 3 to the network device when the corrected signal quality measurement result is less than or equal to the second signal quality threshold.
其中,第二信号质量门限对应的终端设备的最大发射功率大于第一信号质量门限对应的终端设备的最大发射功率。Wherein, the maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the second signal quality threshold is greater than the maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the first signal quality threshold.
在一个可选的设计中,确定模块1301,用于:In an optional design, the determination module 1301 is used for:
根据第一终端的最大发射功率和基准最大发射功率的差值,确定第三偏移值。Determine the third offset value according to the difference between the maximum transmit power of the first terminal and the reference maximum transmit power.
在一个可选的设计中,确定模块1301,用于:In an optional design, the determination module 1301 is used for:
通过如下方式确定第三偏移值:Determine the third offset value by:
第三偏移值等于max{0,(min(P PowerClass_ref,P Max)-P PowerClass)}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max )−P PowerClass )};
或者,or,
第三偏移值等于max{0,(P Max-P PowerClass)}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (P Max -P PowerClass )};
或者,or,
第三偏移值等于max{0,(P PowerClass_ref-P PowerClass)}。 The third offset value is equal to max{0, (P PowerClass_ref -P PowerClass )}.
其中,P PowerClass为第一终端的最大发射功率。P Max为网络设备广播的小区支持的终端最大发射功率。P PowerClass_ref为参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。 Wherein, P PowerClass is the maximum transmission power of the first terminal. P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device. P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power class of the reference terminal.
在一个可选的设计中,装置130还包括:In an optional design, device 130 also includes:
接收模块1303,用于接收网络设备配置的第三偏移值。The receiving module 1303 is configured to receive a third offset value configured by the network device.
在一个可选的设计中,装置130还包括:In an optional design, device 130 also includes:
接收模块1303,用于接收网络设备配置的第四偏移值。The receiving module 1303 is configured to receive a fourth offset value configured by the network device.
确定模块1301,用于根据第一终端的最大发射功率、基准最大发射功率以及第四偏移值,确定第三偏移值。A determining module 1301, configured to determine a third offset value according to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, the reference maximum transmit power, and a fourth offset value.
在一个可选的设计中,确定模块1301,用于:In an optional design, the determination module 1301 is used for:
通过如下方式确定第三偏移值:Determine the third offset value by:
第三偏移值等于max{0,(min(P PowerClass_ref,P Max)-(P PowerClass+P offset))}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max )-(P PowerClass +P offset ))};
或者,or,
第三偏移值等于max{0,(P Max-(P PowerClass+P offset))}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (P Max -(P PowerClass +P offset ))};
或者,or,
第三偏移值等于max{0,(P PowerClass_ref-(P PowerClass+P offset))}。 The third offset value is equal to max{0, (P PowerClass_ref - (P PowerClass +P offset ))}.
其中,P PowerClass为第一终端的最大发射功率。P Max为网络设备广播的小区支持的终端最大发射功率。P PowerClass_ref为参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。P offset是第四偏移值。 Wherein, P PowerClass is the maximum transmission power of the first terminal. P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device. P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power class of the reference terminal. P offset is the fourth offset value.
在一个可选的设计中,信号质量测量结果包括如下任意一种:In an optional design, the signal quality measurement results include any of the following:
小区级的RSRP测量结果。Cell-level RSRP measurement results.
目标SSB上的RSRP测量结果,目标SSB是测量结果最好的SSB或测量结果大于测量门限的SSB。The RSRP measurement result on the target SSB. The target SSB is the SSB with the best measurement result or the SSB with the measurement result greater than the measurement threshold.
在一个可选的设计中,第一终端的功率等级不包括如下之一:In an optional design, the power level of the first terminal does not include one of the following:
1、1.5、2、3和5。1, 1.5, 2, 3 and 5.
在一个可选的设计中,第一终端的最大发射功率不包括如下之一:In an optional design, the maximum transmission power of the first terminal does not include any of the following:
31、29、26、23和20。31, 29, 26, 23 and 20.
在一个可选的设计中,第一终端的最大发射功率小于20dBm。In an optional design, the maximum transmit power of the first terminal is less than 20 dBm.
图14示出了本申请一个实施例提供的随机接入装置的框图。如图14所示,该装置140包括:Fig. 14 shows a block diagram of a random access device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 14, the device 140 includes:
接收模块1401,用于接收第一终端发送的随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输请求。The receiving module 1401 is configured to receive the repeated transmission request of message 3 in the random access procedure sent by the first terminal.
其中,消息3的重复传输请求是第一终端根据服务小区上的信号质量测量结果和第一终端的最大发射功率确定的。Wherein, the repeated transmission request of message 3 is determined by the first terminal according to the signal quality measurement result on the serving cell and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal.
在一个可选的设计中,消息3的重复传输请求,是第一终端根据信号质量测量结果和第一终端的最大发射功率对应的第一信号质量门限确定的。In an optional design, the request for repeated transmission of message 3 is determined by the first terminal according to the signal quality measurement result and the first signal quality threshold corresponding to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal.
在一个可选的设计中,第一终端根据信号质量测量结果和最大发射功率,确定向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输的确定方式为第一方式,第一方式不同于第二方式,第二方式是第二终端在确定向网络设备请求消息3的重复传输时的方式,第一终端的最大发射功率低于第二终端。In an optional design, the first terminal determines, according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmission power, that the determination method for requesting repeated transmission of the message 3 to the network device is the first method, and the first method is different from the second method, and the second method The manner is the manner in which the second terminal determines to request repeated transmission of the message 3 from the network device, and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal is lower than that of the second terminal.
在一个可选的设计中,装置140还包括:In an optional design, device 140 also includes:
发送模块1402,用于为第一终端配置第一信号质量门限;A sending module 1402, configured to configure a first signal quality threshold for the first terminal;
或者。or.
发送模块1402,还用于为第一终端配置第二信号质量门限以及用于确定第一偏移值的信息;The sending module 1402 is further configured to configure a second signal quality threshold and information for determining the first offset value for the first terminal;
或者,or,
发送模块1402,还用于为第一终端配置第二信号质量门限以及第一偏移值。The sending module 1402 is further configured to configure the second signal quality threshold and the first offset value for the first terminal.
其中,第一偏移值以及第二信号质量门限用于确定第一信号质量门限,第二信号质量门限对应的终端设备的最大发射功率大于第一信号质量门限对应的终端设备的最大发射功率。Wherein, the first offset value and the second signal quality threshold are used to determine the first signal quality threshold, and the maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the second signal quality threshold is greater than the maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the first signal quality threshold.
在一个可选的设计中,发送模块1402,用于:In an optional design, the sending module 1402 is used for:
根据第一对应关系为终端配置第一信号质量门限。Configure the first signal quality threshold for the terminal according to the first correspondence.
其中,第一对应关系包括不同功率等级和不同信号质量门限之间的对应关系,第一对应关系包括第一终端和第一信号质量门限之间的对应关系。Wherein, the first corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels and different signal quality thresholds, and the first corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the first terminal and the first signal quality threshold.
在一个可选的设计中,发送模块1402,用于:In an optional design, the sending module 1402 is used for:
为最大发射功率不低于参考功率的终端,配置第二信号质量门限。为最大发射功率低于参考功率的终端,根据第一对应关系配置第一信号质量门限。Configure the second signal quality threshold for terminals whose maximum transmission power is not lower than the reference power. For terminals whose maximum transmit power is lower than the reference power, configure the first signal quality threshold according to the first correspondence.
其中,第一对应关系包括不同功率等级和不同信号质量门限之间的对应关系,第一对应关系包括第一终端和第一信号质量门限之间的对应关系。Wherein, the first corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels and different signal quality thresholds, and the first corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the first terminal and the first signal quality threshold.
在一个可选的设计中,用于确定第一偏移值的信息包括如下信息中的至少之一:In an optional design, the information used to determine the first offset value includes at least one of the following information:
小区支持的终端最大发射功率;The maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell;
参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。Refer to the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power level of the terminal.
在一个可选的设计中,发送模块1402,用于:In an optional design, the sending module 1402 is used for:
为最大发射功率不低于参考功率的终端,配置第二信号质量门限。为最大发射功率低于参考功率的终端,配置第二信号质量门限,以及根据第二对应关系配置第一偏移值。Configure the second signal quality threshold for terminals whose maximum transmission power is not lower than the reference power. For terminals whose maximum transmit power is lower than the reference power, configure the second signal quality threshold, and configure the first offset value according to the second correspondence relationship.
其中,第二对应关系包括不同功率等级和不同的第一偏移值之间的对应关系,第二对应关系包括第一终端和第一偏移值之间的对应关系。Wherein, the second corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels and different first offset values, and the second corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the first terminal and the first offset value.
在一个可选的设计中,发送模块1402,用于:In an optional design, the sending module 1402 is used for:
为最大发射功率等于参考功率的终端,配置第二信号质量门限。为最大发射功率不等于参考功率的终端,配置第二信号质量门限,以及根据第二对应关系配置第一偏移值。Configure the second signal quality threshold for terminals whose maximum transmit power is equal to the reference power. For terminals whose maximum transmit power is not equal to the reference power, configure a second signal quality threshold, and configure a first offset value according to the second correspondence.
其中,第二对应关系包括不同功率等级和不同的第一偏移值之间的对应关系,第二对应关系包括第一终端和第一偏移值之间的对应关系。Wherein, the second corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels and different first offset values, and the second corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the first terminal and the first offset value.
在一个可选的设计中,用于确定第一偏移值的信息包括如下信息中的至少之一:In an optional design, the information used to determine the first offset value includes at least one of the following information:
第二偏移值和小区支持的终端最大发射功率;The second offset value and the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell;
第二偏移值和参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率;The second offset value and the maximum transmission power corresponding to the reference terminal power level;
第二偏移值、小区支持的终端最大发射功率和参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。The second offset value, the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell, and the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power level of the reference terminal.
在一个可选的设计中,消息3的重复传输请求,是第一终端根据修正后的信号质量测量结果以及第二信号质量门限确定的。In an optional design, the repeated transmission request of message 3 is determined by the first terminal according to the corrected signal quality measurement result and the second signal quality threshold.
其中,修正后的信号质量测量结果,是第一终端根据第三偏移值对信号质量测量结果进行修正确定的,第二信号质量门限对应的终端设备的最大发射功率大于第一信号质量门限对应的终端设备的最大发射功率。The corrected signal quality measurement result is determined by the first terminal correcting the signal quality measurement result according to the third offset value, and the maximum transmission power of the terminal device corresponding to the second signal quality threshold is greater than that corresponding to the first signal quality threshold. The maximum transmit power of the terminal equipment.
在一个可选的设计中,装置140还包括:In an optional design, device 140 also includes:
发送模块1402,用于为第一终端配置第二信号质量门限以及用于确定第三偏移值的信息;A sending module 1402, configured to configure a second signal quality threshold and information for determining a third offset value for the first terminal;
或者,or,
发送模块1402,还用于为第一终端配置第二信号质量门限以及第三偏移值。The sending module 1402 is further configured to configure a second signal quality threshold and a third offset value for the first terminal.
在一个可选的设计中,用于确定第三偏移值的信息包括如下信息中的至少之一:In an optional design, the information used to determine the third offset value includes at least one of the following information:
小区支持的终端最大发射功率;The maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell;
参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。Refer to the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power level of the terminal.
在一个可选的设计中,发送模块1402,用于:In an optional design, the sending module 1402 is used for:
为最大发射功率不低于参考功率的终端,配置第二信号质量门限。为最大发射功率低于参考功率的终端,配置第二信号质量门限,以及根据第三对应关系配置第三偏移值。Configure the second signal quality threshold for terminals whose maximum transmission power is not lower than the reference power. For terminals whose maximum transmit power is lower than the reference power, configure a second signal quality threshold, and configure a third offset value according to a third correspondence.
其中,第三对应关系包括不同功率等级和不同的第三偏移值之间的对应关系,第三对应关系包括第一终端和第三偏移值之间的对应关系。Wherein, the third corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels and different third offset values, and the third corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the first terminal and the third offset value.
在一个可选的设计中,发送模块1402,用于:In an optional design, the sending module 1402 is used for:
为最大发射功率等于参考功率的终端,配置第二信号质量门限。为最大发射功率不等于参考功率的终端,配置第二信号质量门限,以及根据第三对应关系配置第三偏移值。Configure the second signal quality threshold for terminals whose maximum transmission power is equal to the reference power. For terminals whose maximum transmit power is not equal to the reference power, configure a second signal quality threshold, and configure a third offset value according to a third correspondence.
其中,第三对应关系包括不同功率等级和不同的第三偏移值之间的对应关系,第三对应关系包括第一 终端和第三偏移值之间的对应关系。Wherein, the third corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels and different third offset values, and the third corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the first terminal and the third offset value.
在一个可选的设计中,用于确定第三偏移值的信息包括如下信息中的至少之一:In an optional design, the information used to determine the third offset value includes at least one of the following information:
第四偏移值和小区支持的终端最大发射功率;The fourth offset value and the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell;
第四偏移值和参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率;The fourth offset value and the maximum transmission power corresponding to the power level of the reference terminal;
第四偏移值、小区支持的终端最大发射功率和参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。The fourth offset value, the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell, and the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power level of the reference terminal.
在一个可选的设计中,信号质量测量结果包括如下任意一种:In an optional design, the signal quality measurement results include any of the following:
小区级的RSRP测量结果;Cell-level RSRP measurement results;
目标SSB上的RSRP测量结果,目标SSB是测量结果最好的SSB或测量结果大于测量门限的SSB。The RSRP measurement result on the target SSB, where the target SSB is the SSB with the best measurement result or the SSB with the measurement result greater than the measurement threshold.
在一个可选的设计中,参考功率等于P MaxIn an alternative design, the reference power is equal to P Max ;
或者,or,
参考功率等于P PowerClass_refReference power is equal to PPowerClass_ref ;
或者,or,
参考功率等于min(P Max,P PowerClass_ref)。 The reference power is equal to min(P Max , P PowerClass_ref ).
其中,P Max为网络设备广播的小区支持的终端最大发射功率。P PowerClass_ref为参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。 Wherein, P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device. P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power class of the reference terminal.
在一个可选的设计中,第一终端的功率等级不包括如下之一:In an optional design, the power level of the first terminal does not include one of the following:
1、1.5、2、3和5。1, 1.5, 2, 3 and 5.
在一个可选的设计中,第一终端的最大发射功率不包括如下之一:In an optional design, the maximum transmission power of the first terminal does not include any of the following:
31、29、26、23和20。31, 29, 26, 23 and 20.
在一个可选的设计中,第一终端的最大发射功率小于20dBm。In an optional design, the maximum transmit power of the first terminal is less than 20 dBm.
需要说明的一点是,上述实施例提供的装置在实现其功能时,仅以上述各个功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据实际需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将设备的内容结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。It should be noted that when the device provided by the above embodiment realizes its functions, it only uses the division of the above-mentioned functional modules as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned function allocation can be completed by different functional modules according to actual needs. That is, the content structure of the device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
关于上述实施例中的装置,其中各个模块执行操作的具体方式已经在有关该方法的实施例中进行了详细描述,此处将不做详细阐述说明。Regarding the apparatus in the foregoing embodiments, the specific manner in which each module executes operations has been described in detail in the embodiments related to the method, and will not be described in detail here.
图15示出了本申请一个示例性实施例提供的通信设备(终端设备或网络设备)的结构示意图,该通信设备150包括:处理器1501、接收器1502、发射器1503、存储器1504和总线1505。FIG. 15 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device (terminal device or network device) provided by an exemplary embodiment of the present application. The communication device 150 includes: a processor 1501, a receiver 1502, a transmitter 1503, a memory 1504 and a bus 1505 .
处理器1501包括一个或者一个以上处理核心,处理器1501通过运行软件程序以及模块,从而执行各种功能应用以及信息处理。The processor 1501 includes one or more processing cores, and the processor 1501 executes various functional applications and information processing by running software programs and modules.
接收器1502和发射器1503可以实现为一个通信组件,该通信组件可以是一块通信芯片。The receiver 1502 and the transmitter 1503 can be implemented as a communication component, which can be a communication chip.
存储器1504通过总线1505与处理器1501相连。The memory 1504 is connected to the processor 1501 through the bus 1505 .
存储器1504可用于存储至少一个指令,处理器1501用于执行该至少一个指令,以实现上述方法实施例中的各个步骤。The memory 1504 may be used to store at least one instruction, and the processor 1501 is used to execute the at least one instruction, so as to implement various steps in the foregoing method embodiments.
此外,存储器1504可以由任何类型的易失性或非易失性存储设备或者它们的组合实现,易失性或非易失性存储设备包括但不限于:磁盘或光盘,电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory,EEPROM),可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory,EPROM),静态随时存取存储器(Static Random Access Memory,SRAM),只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM),磁存储器,快闪存储器,可编程只读存储器(Programmable Read-Only Memory,PROM)。In addition, the memory 1504 can be realized by any type of volatile or non-volatile storage device or their combination, volatile or non-volatile storage device includes but not limited to: magnetic disk or optical disk, electrically erasable and programmable Read Only Memory (Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory, EEPROM), Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory, EPROM), Static Random Access Memory (SRAM), Read Only Memory (Read -Only Memory, ROM), magnetic memory, flash memory, programmable read-only memory (Programmable Read-Only Memory, PROM).
其中,当通信设备实现为终端设备时,本申请实施例涉及的通信设备中的处理器和收发器,可以执行上述任一方法实施例所示的方法中,由终端设备执行的步骤,此处不再赘述。Wherein, when the communication device is implemented as a terminal device, the processor and the transceiver in the communication device involved in the embodiment of the present application may perform the steps performed by the terminal device in the method shown in any of the above method embodiments, where No longer.
其中,当通信设备实现为网络设备时,本申请实施例涉及的通信设备中的处理器和收发器,可以执行上述任一所示的方法中,由网络设备执行的步骤,此处不再赘述。Wherein, when the communication device is implemented as a network device, the processor and the transceiver in the communication device involved in the embodiment of the present application can perform the steps performed by the network device in any of the above-mentioned methods, which will not be repeated here. .
在示例性实施例中,还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有至少一条指令、至少一段程序、代码集或指令集,所述至少一条指令、所述至少一段程序、所述代码集或指令集由所述处理器加载并执行以实现上述各个方法实施例提供的由通信设备执行的随机接入方法。In an exemplary embodiment, a computer-readable storage medium is also provided, the computer-readable storage medium stores at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set or an instruction set, the at least one instruction, the At least one program, the code set or the instruction set is loaded and executed by the processor to implement the random access method performed by the communication device provided in the above method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括可编程逻辑电路和/或程序指令,当所述芯片在通信设备上运行时,用于实现如上述由通信设备执行的随机接入方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, the chip includes a programmable logic circuit and/or program instructions, and when the chip runs on the communication device, it is used to implement the random access method performed by the communication device as described above .
本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品,当计算机程序产品在通信设备上运行时,使得通信设备执行上述随机接入方法。The present application also provides a computer program product, which enables the communication device to execute the above random access method when the computer program product runs on the communication device.
本领域技术人员应该可以意识到,在上述一个或多个示例中,本申请实施例所描述的功能可以用硬件、软件、固件或它们的任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以将这些功能存储在计算机可读介质中或者 作为计算机可读介质上的一个或多个指令或代码进行传输。计算机可读介质包括计算机存储介质和通信介质,其中通信介质包括便于从一个地方向另一个地方传送计算机程序的任何介质。存储介质可以是通用或专用计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。Those skilled in the art should be aware that, in the foregoing one or more examples, the functions described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by hardware, software, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium. Computer-readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another. A storage media may be any available media that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.
以上所述仅为本申请的示例性实施例,并不用以限制本申请,凡在本申请的精神和原则之内,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本申请的保护范围之内。The above are only exemplary embodiments of the application, and are not intended to limit the application. Any modifications, equivalent replacements, improvements, etc. made within the spirit and principles of the application shall be included in the protection of the application. within range.

Claims (88)

  1. 一种随机接入方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A random access method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    第一终端确定服务小区上的信号质量测量结果;The first terminal determines a signal quality measurement result on the serving cell;
    所述第一终端根据所述信号质量测量结果和所述第一终端的最大发射功率,确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输。The first terminal determines, according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process to the network device.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端根据所述信号质量测量结果和所述第一终端的最大发射功率,确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first terminal determines whether to request the network device for the message 3 in the random access process according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal of repeated transmissions, including:
    所述第一终端根据所述信号质量测量结果和所述第一终端的最大发射功率对应的第一信号质量门限,确定是否向所述网络设备请求所述消息3的重复传输。The first terminal determines whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 from the network device according to the signal quality measurement result and a first signal quality threshold corresponding to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端根据所述信号质量测量结果和所述第一终端的最大发射功率对应的第一信号质量门限,确定是否向所述网络设备请求所述消息3的重复传输,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the first terminal determines whether to send a message to the network device according to the signal quality measurement result and the first signal quality threshold corresponding to the maximum transmission power of the first terminal. requesting repeated transmission of said message 3, comprising:
    在所述信号质量测量结果小于或等于所述第一信号质量门限的情况下,所述第一终端向所述网络设备发送所述消息3的PUSCH重复传输请求。In a case where the signal quality measurement result is less than or equal to the first signal quality threshold, the first terminal sends a PUSCH repeat transmission request of the message 3 to the network device.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3任一所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that,
    所述第一终端根据所述信号质量测量结果和所述最大发射功率,确定是否向所述网络设备请求所述消息3的重复传输的确定方式为第一方式,所述第一方式不同于第二方式,所述第二方式是第二终端在确定是否向所述网络设备请求所述消息3的重复传输时的方式,所述第一终端的最大发射功率低于所述第二终端。The first terminal determines whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 from the network device according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmission power in a first way, and the first way is different from the first way Two ways, the second way is a way for the second terminal to determine whether to request the network device for repeated transmission of the message 3, and the maximum transmission power of the first terminal is lower than that of the second terminal.
  5. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2 or 3, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端接收所述网络设备配置的所述第一信号质量门限。The first terminal receives the first signal quality threshold configured by the network device.
  6. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2 or 3, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端接收所述网络设备配置的第二信号质量门限;The first terminal receives a second signal quality threshold configured by the network device;
    所述第一终端根据第一偏移值和所述第二信号质量门限,确定所述第一信号质量门限,determining, by the first terminal, the first signal quality threshold according to the first offset value and the second signal quality threshold,
    其中,所述第二信号质量门限对应的终端设备的最大发射功率大于所述第一信号质量门限对应的终端设备的最大发射功率。Wherein, the maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the second signal quality threshold is greater than the maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the first signal quality threshold.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 6, further comprising:
    所述第一终端根据所述第一终端的最大发射功率和基准最大发射功率的差值,确定所述第一偏移值。The first terminal determines the first offset value according to a difference between the maximum transmit power of the first terminal and a reference maximum transmit power.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端根据所述第一终端的最大发射功率和基准最大发射功率的差值,确定所述第一偏移值,通过如下方式确定:The method according to claim 7, wherein the first terminal determines the first offset value according to the difference between the maximum transmit power of the first terminal and a reference maximum transmit power, and is determined in the following manner :
    所述第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass-min(P PowerClass_ref,P Max))}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass -min (P PowerClass_ref , P Max ))};
    或者,or,
    所述第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass-P Max)}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass -P Max )};
    或者,or,
    所述第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass-P PowerClass_ref)}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass -P PowerClass_ref )};
    其中,P PowerClass为所述第一终端的最大发射功率;P Max为所述网络设备广播的小区支持的终端最大发射功率;P PowerClass_ref为参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。 Wherein, P PowerClass is the maximum transmit power of the first terminal; P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device; P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the reference terminal power class.
  9. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 6, further comprising:
    所述第一终端接收所述网络设备配置的所述第一偏移值。The first terminal receives the first offset value configured by the network device.
  10. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 6, further comprising:
    所述第一终端接收所述网络设备配置的第二偏移值;The first terminal receives a second offset value configured by the network device;
    所述第一终端根据所述第一终端的最大发射功率、基准最大发射功率以及所述第二偏移值,确定所述第一偏移值。The first terminal determines the first offset value according to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, the reference maximum transmit power, and the second offset value.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端根据所述第一终端的最大发射功率、基准最大发射功率以及所述第二偏移值,确定所述第一偏移值,通过如下方式确定:The method according to claim 10, wherein the first terminal determines the first offset value according to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, the reference maximum transmit power, and the second offset value , determined by:
    所述第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass+P offset-min(P PowerClass_ref,P Max))}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass +P offset -min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max ))};
    或者,or,
    所述第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass+P offset-P Max)}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass +P offset -P Max )};
    或者,or,
    所述第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass+P offset-P PowerClass_ref)}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass +P offset -P PowerClass_ref )};
    其中,P PowerClass为所述第一终端的最大发射功率;P Max为所述网络设备广播的小区支持的终端最大发射功率;P PowerClass_ref为参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率;P offset是所述第二偏移值。 Wherein, P PowerClass is the maximum transmit power of the first terminal; P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device; P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the reference terminal power class; P offset is the Second offset value.
  12. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端根据所述信号质量测量结果和所述第一终端的最大发射功率,确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the first terminal determines whether to request the network device for the message 3 in the random access process according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmission power of the first terminal of repeated transmissions, including:
    所述第一终端根据第三偏移值对所述信号质量测量结果进行修正,确定修正后的信号质量测量结果;The first terminal corrects the signal quality measurement result according to the third offset value, and determines the corrected signal quality measurement result;
    所述第一终端设备确定第二信号质量门限;The first terminal device determines a second signal quality threshold;
    在所述修正后的信号质量测量结果小于或等于所述第二信号质量门限的情况下,所述第一终端向所述网络设备发送所述消息3的PUSCH重复传输请求;In a case where the corrected signal quality measurement result is less than or equal to the second signal quality threshold, the first terminal sends a PUSCH repeat transmission request of the message 3 to the network device;
    其中,所述第二信号质量门限对应的终端设备的最大发射功率大于所述第一信号质量门限对应的终端设备的最大发射功率。Wherein, the maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the second signal quality threshold is greater than the maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the first signal quality threshold.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 12, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端根据所述第一终端的最大发射功率和基准最大发射功率的差值,确定所述第三偏移值。The first terminal determines the third offset value according to a difference between the maximum transmit power of the first terminal and a reference maximum transmit power.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端根据所述第一终端的最大发射功率和基准最大发射功率的差值,确定所述第三偏移值,通过如下方式确定:The method according to claim 13, wherein the first terminal determines the third offset value according to the difference between the maximum transmit power of the first terminal and a reference maximum transmit power, and is determined in the following manner :
    所述第三偏移值等于max{0,(min(P PowerClass_ref,P Max)-P PowerClass)}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max )-P PowerClass )};
    或者,or,
    所述第三偏移值等于max{0,(P Max-P PowerClass)}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (P Max -P PowerClass )};
    或者,or,
    所述第三偏移值等于max{0,(P PowerClass_ref-P PowerClass)}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (P PowerClass_ref -P PowerClass )};
    其中,P PowerClass为所述第一终端的最大发射功率;P Max为所述网络设备广播的小区支持的终端最大发射功率;P PowerClass_ref为参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。 Wherein, P PowerClass is the maximum transmit power of the first terminal; P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device; P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the reference terminal power class.
  15. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 12, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端接收所述网络设备配置的所述第三偏移值。The first terminal receives the third offset value configured by the network device.
  16. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 12, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端接收所述网络设备配置的第四偏移值;The first terminal receives a fourth offset value configured by the network device;
    所述第一终端根据所述第一终端的最大发射功率、基准最大发射功率以及所述第四偏移值,确定所述第三偏移值。The first terminal determines the third offset value according to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, the reference maximum transmit power, and the fourth offset value.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端根据所述第一终端的最大发射功率、基准最大发射功率以及所述第四偏移值,确定所述第三偏移值,通过如下方式确定:The method according to claim 16, wherein the first terminal determines the third offset value according to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, the reference maximum transmit power, and the fourth offset value , determined by:
    所述第三偏移值等于max{0,(min(P PowerClass_ref,P Max)-(P PowerClass+P offset))}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max )-(P PowerClass +P offset ))};
    或者,or,
    所述第三偏移值等于max{0,(P Max-(P PowerClass+P offset))}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (P Max -(P PowerClass +P offset ))};
    或者,or,
    所述第三偏移值等于max{0,(P PowerClass_ref-(P PowerClass+P offset))}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (P PowerClass_ref -(P PowerClass +P offset ))};
    其中,P PowerClass为所述第一终端的最大发射功率;P Max为所述网络设备广播的小区支持的终端最大发射功率;P PowerClass_ref为参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率;P offset是所述第四偏移值。 Wherein, P PowerClass is the maximum transmit power of the first terminal; P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device; P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the reference terminal power class; P offset is the Fourth offset value.
  18. 根据权利要求1至17任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信号质量测量结果包括如下任意一种:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 17, wherein the signal quality measurement result includes any of the following:
    小区级的RSRP测量结果;Cell-level RSRP measurement results;
    目标SSB上的RSRP测量结果,所述目标SSB是测量结果最好的SSB或测量结果大于测量门限的SSB。The RSRP measurement result on the target SSB, where the target SSB is the SSB with the best measurement result or the SSB with the measurement result greater than the measurement threshold.
  19. 根据权利要求1至17任一所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 17, characterized in that,
    所述第一终端的功率等级不包括如下之一:The power level of the first terminal does not include one of the following:
    1、1.5、2、3和5。1, 1.5, 2, 3 and 5.
  20. 根据权利要求1至17任一所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 17, characterized in that,
    所述第一终端的最大发射功率不包括如下之一:The maximum transmit power of the first terminal does not include one of the following:
    31、29、26、23和20。31, 29, 26, 23 and 20.
  21. 根据权利要求1至17任一所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 17, characterized in that,
    所述第一终端的最大发射功率小于20dBm。The maximum transmission power of the first terminal is less than 20 dBm.
  22. 一种随机接入方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A random access method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    网络设备接收第一终端发送的随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输请求;The network device receives the repeated transmission request of message 3 in the random access process sent by the first terminal;
    其中,所述消息3的重复传输请求是所述第一终端根据服务小区上的信号质量测量结果和所述第一终端的最大发射功率确定的。Wherein, the repeated transmission request of the message 3 is determined by the first terminal according to the signal quality measurement result on the serving cell and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 22, wherein,
    所述消息3的重复传输请求,是所述第一终端根据所述信号质量测量结果和所述第一终端的最大发射功率对应的第一信号质量门限确定的。The request for repeated transmission of the message 3 is determined by the first terminal according to the signal quality measurement result and the first signal quality threshold corresponding to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal.
  24. 根据权利要求22或23所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to claim 22 or 23, characterized in that,
    所述第一终端根据所述信号质量测量结果和所述最大发射功率,确定向所述网络设备请求所述消息3的重复传输的确定方式为第一方式,所述第一方式不同于第二方式,所述第二方式是第二终端在确定向所述网络设备请求所述消息3的重复传输时的方式,所述第一终端的最大发射功率低于所述第二终端。The first terminal determines, according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmit power, that the determination method for requesting the network device to repeat the transmission of the message 3 is a first method, and the first method is different from the second way, the second way is a way when the second terminal determines to request repeated transmission of the message 3 from the network device, and the maximum transmission power of the first terminal is lower than that of the second terminal.
  25. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 23, further comprising:
    所述网络设备为所述第一终端配置所述第一信号质量门限;The network device configures the first signal quality threshold for the first terminal;
    或者;or;
    所述网络设备为所述第一终端配置第二信号质量门限以及用于确定第一偏移值的信息;configuring, by the network device, a second signal quality threshold and information for determining a first offset value for the first terminal;
    或者,or,
    所述网络设备为所述第一终端配置所述第二信号质量门限以及所述第一偏移值;configuring, by the network device, the second signal quality threshold and the first offset value for the first terminal;
    其中,所述第一偏移值以及所述第二信号质量门限用于确定所述第一信号质量门限,所述第二信号质量门限对应的终端设备的最大发射功率大于所述第一信号质量门限对应的终端设备的最大发射功率。Wherein, the first offset value and the second signal quality threshold are used to determine the first signal quality threshold, and the maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the second signal quality threshold is greater than the first signal quality threshold The maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the threshold.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备为所述第一终端配置所述第一信号质量门限,包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein the network device configures the first signal quality threshold for the first terminal, comprising:
    所述网络设备根据第一对应关系为终端配置所述第一信号质量门限;configuring, by the network device, the first signal quality threshold for the terminal according to the first correspondence;
    其中,所述第一对应关系包括不同功率等级和不同信号质量门限之间的对应关系,所述第一对应关系包括所述第一终端和所述第一信号质量门限之间的对应关系。Wherein, the first corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels and different signal quality thresholds, and the first corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the first terminal and the first signal quality threshold.
  27. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备为所述第一终端配置所述第一信号质量门限,包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein the network device configures the first signal quality threshold for the first terminal, comprising:
    所述网络设备为最大发射功率不低于参考功率的终端,配置所述第二信号质量门限;The network device is a terminal whose maximum transmission power is not lower than a reference power, and configures the second signal quality threshold;
    所述网络设备为最大发射功率低于所述参考功率的终端,根据第一对应关系配置所述第一信号质量门限;The network device is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is lower than the reference power, and configures the first signal quality threshold according to a first correspondence;
    其中,所述第一对应关系包括不同功率等级和不同信号质量门限之间的对应关系,所述第一对应关系包括所述第一终端和所述第一信号质量门限之间的对应关系。Wherein, the first corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels and different signal quality thresholds, and the first corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the first terminal and the first signal quality threshold.
  28. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述用于确定第一偏移值的信息包括如下信息中的至少之一:The method according to claim 25, wherein the information for determining the first offset value includes at least one of the following information:
    小区支持的终端最大发射功率;The maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell;
    参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。Refer to the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power level of the terminal.
  29. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备为所述第一终端配置所述第二信号质量门限以及所述第一偏移值,包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein the network device configures the second signal quality threshold and the first offset value for the first terminal, comprising:
    所述网络设备为最大发射功率不低于参考功率的终端,配置所述第二信号质量门限;The network device is a terminal whose maximum transmission power is not lower than a reference power, and configures the second signal quality threshold;
    所述网络设备为最大发射功率低于所述参考功率的终端,配置所述第二信号质量门限,以及根据第二对应关系配置所述第一偏移值;The network device configures the second signal quality threshold for a terminal whose maximum transmission power is lower than the reference power, and configures the first offset value according to the second correspondence;
    其中,所述第二对应关系包括不同功率等级和不同的第一偏移值之间的对应关系,所述第二对应关系包括所述第一终端和所述第一偏移值之间的对应关系。Wherein, the second corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels and different first offset values, and the second corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the first terminal and the first offset value relation.
  30. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备为所述第一终端配置所述第二信号质量门限以及所述第一偏移值,包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein the network device configures the second signal quality threshold and the first offset value for the first terminal, comprising:
    所述网络设备为最大发射功率等于参考功率的终端,配置所述第二信号质量门限;The network device is a terminal whose maximum transmission power is equal to a reference power, and configures the second signal quality threshold;
    所述网络设备为最大发射功率不等于所述参考功率的终端,配置所述第二信号质量门限,以及根据第二对应关系配置所述第一偏移值;The network device is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is not equal to the reference power, configures the second signal quality threshold, and configures the first offset value according to the second correspondence;
    其中,所述第二对应关系包括不同功率等级和不同的第一偏移值之间的对应关系,所述第二对应关系包括所述第一终端和所述第一偏移值之间的对应关系。Wherein, the second corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels and different first offset values, and the second corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the first terminal and the first offset value relation.
  31. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述用于确定第一偏移值的信息包括如下信息中的至少之一:The method according to claim 25, wherein the information for determining the first offset value includes at least one of the following information:
    第二偏移值和小区支持的终端最大发射功率;The second offset value and the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell;
    所述第二偏移值和参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率;The second offset value and the maximum transmit power corresponding to the reference terminal power level;
    所述第二偏移值、所述小区支持的终端最大发射功率和所述参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。The second offset value, the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell, and the maximum transmit power corresponding to the reference terminal power level.
  32. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 23, wherein,
    所述消息3的重复传输请求,是所述第一终端根据修正后的信号质量测量结果以及第二信号质量门限确定的;The request for repeated transmission of the message 3 is determined by the first terminal according to the corrected signal quality measurement result and the second signal quality threshold;
    其中,所述修正后的信号质量测量结果,是所述第一终端根据第三偏移值对所述信号质量测量结果进行修正确定的,所述第二信号质量门限对应的终端设备的最大发射功率大于所述第一信号质量门限对应的终端设备的最大发射功率。Wherein, the corrected signal quality measurement result is determined by correcting the signal quality measurement result by the first terminal according to the third offset value, and the maximum emission of the terminal device corresponding to the second signal quality threshold is The power is greater than the maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the first signal quality threshold.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 32, further comprising:
    所述网络设备为所述第一终端配置所述第二信号质量门限以及用于确定所述第三偏移值的信息;configuring, by the network device, the second signal quality threshold and information for determining the third offset value for the first terminal;
    或者,or,
    所述网络设备为所述第一终端配置所述第二信号质量门限以及所述第三偏移值。The network device configures the second signal quality threshold and the third offset value for the first terminal.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的方法,其特征在于,所述用于确定所述第三偏移值的信息包括如下信息中的至少之一:The method according to claim 33, wherein the information for determining the third offset value includes at least one of the following information:
    小区支持的终端最大发射功率;The maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell;
    参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。Refer to the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power level of the terminal.
  35. 根据权利要求33所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备为所述第一终端配置所述第二信号质量门限以及所述第三偏移值,包括:The method according to claim 33, wherein the network device configures the second signal quality threshold and the third offset value for the first terminal, comprising:
    所述网络设备为最大发射功率不低于参考功率的终端,配置所述第二信号质量门限;The network device is a terminal whose maximum transmission power is not lower than a reference power, and configures the second signal quality threshold;
    所述网络设备为最大发射功率低于所述参考功率的终端,配置所述第二信号质量门限,以及根据第三对应关系配置所述第三偏移值;The network device configures the second signal quality threshold for a terminal whose maximum transmit power is lower than the reference power, and configures the third offset value according to a third correspondence;
    其中,所述第三对应关系包括不同功率等级和不同的第三偏移值之间的对应关系,所述第三对应关系包括所述第一终端和所述第三偏移值之间的对应关系。Wherein, the third corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels and different third offset values, and the third corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the first terminal and the third offset value relation.
  36. 根据权利要求33所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备为所述第一终端配置所述第二信号质量门限以及所述第三偏移值,包括:The method according to claim 33, wherein the network device configures the second signal quality threshold and the third offset value for the first terminal, comprising:
    所述网络设备为最大发射功率等于参考功率的终端,配置所述第二信号质量门限;The network device is a terminal whose maximum transmission power is equal to a reference power, and configures the second signal quality threshold;
    所述网络设备为最大发射功率不等于所述参考功率的终端,配置所述第二信号质量门限,以及根据第三对应关系配置所述第三偏移值;The network device is a terminal whose maximum transmit power is not equal to the reference power, configures the second signal quality threshold, and configures the third offset value according to a third correspondence;
    其中,所述第三对应关系包括不同功率等级和不同的第三偏移值之间的对应关系,所述第三对应关系包括所述第一终端和所述第三偏移值之间的对应关系。Wherein, the third corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels and different third offset values, and the third corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the first terminal and the third offset value relation.
  37. 根据权利要求33所述的方法,其特征在于,所述用于确定第三偏移值的信息包括如下信息中的至少之一:The method according to claim 33, wherein the information for determining the third offset value includes at least one of the following information:
    第四偏移值和小区支持的终端最大发射功率;The fourth offset value and the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell;
    所述第四偏移值和参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率;The fourth offset value and the maximum transmit power corresponding to the reference terminal power level;
    所述第四偏移值、所述小区支持的终端最大发射功率和所述参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。The fourth offset value, the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell, and the maximum transmit power corresponding to the reference terminal power level.
  38. 根据权利要求22至37任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信号质量测量结果包括如下任意一种:The method according to any one of claims 22 to 37, wherein the signal quality measurement results include any of the following:
    小区级的RSRP测量结果;Cell-level RSRP measurement results;
    目标SSB上的RSRP测量结果,所述目标SSB是测量结果最好的SSB或测量结果大于测量门限的SSB。The RSRP measurement result on the target SSB, where the target SSB is the SSB with the best measurement result or the SSB with the measurement result greater than the measurement threshold.
  39. 根据权利要求27、29、30、35和36任一所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 27, 29, 30, 35 and 36, wherein,
    所述参考功率等于P MaxSaid reference power is equal to P Max ;
    或者,or,
    所述参考功率等于P PowerClass_refSaid reference power is equal to P PowerClass_ref ;
    或者,or,
    所述参考功率等于min(P Max,P PowerClass_ref); Said reference power is equal to min(P Max , P PowerClass_ref );
    其中,P Max为所述网络设备广播的小区支持的终端最大发射功率;P PowerClass_ref为参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。 Wherein, P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device; P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the reference terminal power class.
  40. 根据权利要求22至37任一所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 22 to 37, wherein,
    所述第一终端的功率等级不包括如下之一:The power level of the first terminal does not include one of the following:
    1、1.5、2、3和5。1, 1.5, 2, 3 and 5.
  41. 根据权利要求22至37任一所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 22 to 37, wherein,
    所述第一终端的最大发射功率不包括如下之一:The maximum transmit power of the first terminal does not include one of the following:
    31、29、26、23和20。31, 29, 26, 23 and 20.
  42. 根据权利要求22至37任一所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 22 to 37, wherein,
    所述第一终端的最大发射功率小于20dBm。The maximum transmission power of the first terminal is less than 20 dBm.
  43. 一种随机接入装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A random access device, characterized in that the device includes:
    确定模块,用于确定服务小区上的信号质量测量结果;A determining module, configured to determine a signal quality measurement result on the serving cell;
    所述确定模块,还用于根据所述信号质量测量结果和第一终端的最大发射功率,确定是否向网络设备请求随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输。The determination module is further configured to determine whether to request repeated transmission of message 3 in the random access process to the network device according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal.
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的装置,其特征在于,所述确定模块,用于:The device according to claim 43, wherein the determining module is configured to:
    根据所述信号质量测量结果和所述第一终端的最大发射功率对应的第一信号质量门限,确定是否向所述网络设备请求所述消息3的重复传输。According to the signal quality measurement result and the first signal quality threshold corresponding to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, determine whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 from the network device.
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 44, further comprising:
    发送模块,用于在所述信号质量测量结果小于或等于所述第一信号质量门限的情况下,向所述网络设备发送所述消息3的PUSCH重复传输请求。A sending module, configured to send the PUSCH retransmission request of the message 3 to the network device when the signal quality measurement result is less than or equal to the first signal quality threshold.
  46. 根据权利要求43至45任一所述的装置,其特征在于,Apparatus according to any one of claims 43 to 45 wherein,
    所述根据所述信号质量测量结果和所述最大发射功率,确定是否向所述网络设备请求所述消息3的重复传输的确定方式为第一方式,所述第一方式不同于第二方式,所述第二方式是第二终端在确定是否向所述网络设备请求所述消息3的重复传输时的方式,所述第一终端的最大发射功率低于所述第二终端。The method of determining whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 from the network device according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmission power is a first method, and the first method is different from the second method, The second way is a way for the second terminal to determine whether to request repeated transmission of the message 3 from the network device, and the maximum transmission power of the first terminal is lower than that of the second terminal.
  47. 根据权利要求44或45所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 44 or 45, wherein the device further comprises:
    接收模块,用于接收所述网络设备配置的所述第一信号质量门限。A receiving module, configured to receive the first signal quality threshold configured by the network device.
  48. 根据权利要求44或45所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 44 or 45, wherein the device further comprises:
    接收模块,用于接收所述网络设备配置的所述第二信号质量门限;a receiving module, configured to receive the second signal quality threshold configured by the network device;
    确定模块,用于根据第一偏移值和所述第二信号质量门限,确定所述第一信号质量门限,a determining module, configured to determine the first signal quality threshold according to the first offset value and the second signal quality threshold,
    其中,所述第二信号质量门限对应的终端设备的最大发射功率大于所述第一信号质量门限对应的终端设备的最大发射功率。Wherein, the maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the second signal quality threshold is greater than the maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the first signal quality threshold.
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的装置,其特征在于,所述确定模块,用于:The device according to claim 48, wherein the determination module is configured to:
    根据所述第一终端的最大发射功率和基准最大发射功率的差值,确定所述第一偏移值。Determine the first offset value according to the difference between the maximum transmit power of the first terminal and a reference maximum transmit power.
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的装置,其特征在于,所述确定模块,用于:The device according to claim 49, wherein the determining module is configured to:
    通过如下方式确定所述第一偏移值:The first offset value is determined as follows:
    所述第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass-min(P PowerClass_ref,P Max))}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass -min (P PowerClass_ref , P Max ))};
    或者,or,
    所述第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass-P Max)}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass -P Max )};
    或者,or,
    所述第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass-P PowerClass_ref)}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass -P PowerClass_ref )};
    其中,P PowerClass为所述第一终端的最大发射功率;P Max为所述网络设备广播的小区支持的终端最大发射功率;P PowerClass_ref为参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。 Wherein, P PowerClass is the maximum transmit power of the first terminal; P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device; P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the reference terminal power class.
  51. 根据权利要求48所述的装置,其特征在于,所述接收模块,用于:The device according to claim 48, wherein the receiving module is configured to:
    接收所述网络设备配置的所述第一偏移值。Receive the first offset value configured by the network device.
  52. 根据权利要求48所述的装置,其特征在于,所述接收模块,用于:The device according to claim 48, wherein the receiving module is configured to:
    接收所述网络设备配置的第二偏移值;receiving a second offset value configured by the network device;
    所述确定模块,用于根据所述第一终端的最大发射功率、基准最大发射功率以及所述第二偏移值,确定所述第一偏移值。The determining module is configured to determine the first offset value according to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, the reference maximum transmit power, and the second offset value.
  53. 根据权利要求52所述的装置,其特征在于,所述确定模块,用于:The device according to claim 52, wherein the determination module is configured to:
    通过如下方式确定所述第一偏移值:The first offset value is determined as follows:
    所述第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass+P offset-min(P PowerClass_ref,P Max))}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass +P offset -min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max ))};
    或者,or,
    所述第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass+P offset-P Max)}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass +P offset -P Max )};
    或者,or,
    所述第一偏移值等于min{0,(P PowerClass+P offset-P PowerClass_ref)}; The first offset value is equal to min{0, (P PowerClass +P offset -P PowerClass_ref )};
    其中,P PowerClass为所述第一终端的最大发射功率;P Max为所述网络设备广播的小区支持的终端最大发射功率;P PowerClass_ref为参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率;P offset是所述第二偏移值。 Wherein, P PowerClass is the maximum transmit power of the first terminal; P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device; P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the reference terminal power class; P offset is the Second offset value.
  54. 根据权利要求44所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 44, further comprising:
    所述确定模块,用于根据第三偏移值对所述信号质量测量结果进行修正,确定修正后的信号质量测量结果;The determination module is configured to correct the signal quality measurement result according to the third offset value, and determine the corrected signal quality measurement result;
    所述确定模块,还用于确定第二信号质量门限;The determining module is also used to determine a second signal quality threshold;
    发送模块,用于在所述修正后的信号质量测量结果小于或等于所述第二信号质量门限的情况下,向所述网络设备发送所述消息3的PUSCH重复传输请求;A sending module, configured to send the PUSCH retransmission request of the message 3 to the network device when the corrected signal quality measurement result is less than or equal to the second signal quality threshold;
    其中,所述第二信号质量门限对应的终端设备的最大发射功率大于所述第一信号质量门限对应的终端设备的最大发射功率。Wherein, the maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the second signal quality threshold is greater than the maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the first signal quality threshold.
  55. 根据权利要求54所述的装置,其特征在于,所述确定模块,用于:The device according to claim 54, wherein the determining module is configured to:
    根据所述第一终端的最大发射功率和基准最大发射功率的差值,确定所述第三偏移值。Determine the third offset value according to the difference between the maximum transmit power of the first terminal and a reference maximum transmit power.
  56. 根据权利要求55所述的装置,其特征在于,所述确定模块,用于:The device according to claim 55, wherein the determining module is configured to:
    通过如下方式确定所述第三偏移值:The third offset value is determined as follows:
    所述第三偏移值等于max{0,(min(P PowerClass_ref,P Max)-P PowerClass)}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max )-P PowerClass )};
    或者,or,
    所述第三偏移值等于max{0,(P Max-P PowerClass)}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (P Max -P PowerClass )};
    或者,or,
    所述第三偏移值等于max{0,(P PowerClass_ref-P PowerClass)}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (P PowerClass_ref -P PowerClass )};
    其中,P PowerClass为所述第一终端的最大发射功率;P Max为所述网络设备广播的小区支持的终端最大发射功率;P PowerClass_ref为参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。 Wherein, P PowerClass is the maximum transmit power of the first terminal; P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device; P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the reference terminal power class.
  57. 根据权利要求54所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 54, further comprising:
    接收模块,用于接收所述网络设备配置的所述第三偏移值。A receiving module, configured to receive the third offset value configured by the network device.
  58. 根据权利要求54所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 54, further comprising:
    接收模块,用于接收所述网络设备配置的第四偏移值;a receiving module, configured to receive a fourth offset value configured by the network device;
    所述确定模块,用于根据所述第一终端的最大发射功率、基准最大发射功率以及所述第四偏移值,确定所述第三偏移值。The determining module is configured to determine the third offset value according to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal, the reference maximum transmit power, and the fourth offset value.
  59. 根据权利要求58所述的装置,其特征在于,所述确定模块,用于:The device according to claim 58, wherein the determining module is configured to:
    通过如下方式确定所述第三偏移值:The third offset value is determined as follows:
    所述第三偏移值等于max{0,(min(P PowerClass_ref,P Max)-(P PowerClass+P offset))}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (min(P PowerClass_ref , P Max )-(P PowerClass +P offset ))};
    或者,or,
    所述第三偏移值等于max{0,(P Max-(P PowerClass+P offset))}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (P Max -(P PowerClass +P offset ))};
    或者,or,
    所述第三偏移值等于max{0,(P PowerClass_ref-(P PowerClass+P offset))}; The third offset value is equal to max{0, (P PowerClass_ref -(P PowerClass +P offset ))};
    其中,P PowerClass为所述第一终端的最大发射功率;P Max为所述网络设备广播的小区支持的终端最大发射功率;P PowerClass_ref为参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率;P offset是所述第四偏移值。 Wherein, P PowerClass is the maximum transmit power of the first terminal; P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device; P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the reference terminal power class; P offset is the Fourth offset value.
  60. 根据权利要求43至59任一所述的装置,其特征在于,所述信号质量测量结果包括如下任意一种:The device according to any one of claims 43 to 59, wherein the signal quality measurement result includes any of the following:
    小区级的RSRP测量结果;Cell-level RSRP measurement results;
    目标SSB上的RSRP测量结果,所述目标SSB是测量结果最好的SSB或测量结果大于测量门限的SSB。The RSRP measurement result on the target SSB, where the target SSB is the SSB with the best measurement result or the SSB with the measurement result greater than the measurement threshold.
  61. 根据权利要求43至59任一所述的装置,其特征在于,Apparatus according to any one of claims 43 to 59 wherein,
    所述第一终端的功率等级不包括如下之一:The power level of the first terminal does not include one of the following:
    1、1.5、2、3和5。1, 1.5, 2, 3 and 5.
  62. 根据权利要求43至59任一所述的装置,其特征在于,Apparatus according to any one of claims 43 to 59 wherein,
    所述第一终端的最大发射功率不包括如下之一:The maximum transmit power of the first terminal does not include one of the following:
    31、29、26、23和20。31, 29, 26, 23 and 20.
  63. 根据权利要求43至59任一所述的装置,其特征在于,Apparatus according to any one of claims 43 to 59 wherein,
    所述第一终端的最大发射功率小于20dBm。The maximum transmission power of the first terminal is less than 20 dBm.
  64. 一种随机接入装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A random access device, characterized in that the device includes:
    接收模块,用于接收第一终端发送的随机接入过程中的消息3的重复传输请求;The receiving module is configured to receive the repeated transmission request of message 3 in the random access process sent by the first terminal;
    其中,所述消息3的重复传输请求是所述第一终端根据服务小区上的信号质量测量结果和所述第一终端的最大发射功率确定的。Wherein, the repeated transmission request of the message 3 is determined by the first terminal according to the signal quality measurement result on the serving cell and the maximum transmit power of the first terminal.
  65. 根据权利要求64所述的装置,其特征在于,The apparatus of claim 64 wherein,
    所述消息3的重复传输请求,是所述第一终端根据所述信号质量测量结果和所述第一终端的最大发射功率对应的第一信号质量门限确定的。The request for repeated transmission of the message 3 is determined by the first terminal according to the signal quality measurement result and the first signal quality threshold corresponding to the maximum transmit power of the first terminal.
  66. 根据权利要求64或65所述的装置,其特征在于,Apparatus according to claim 64 or 65, characterized in that
    所述第一终端根据所述信号质量测量结果和所述最大发射功率,确定向网络设备请求所述消息3的重复传输的确定方式为第一方式,所述第一方式不同于第二方式,所述第二方式是第二终端在确定向所述网络设备请求所述消息3的重复传输时的方式,所述第一终端的最大发射功率低于所述第二终端。The first terminal determines, according to the signal quality measurement result and the maximum transmission power, that the method for requesting repeated transmission of the message 3 from the network device is a first method, and the first method is different from the second method, The second manner is a manner in which the second terminal determines to request the network device for repeated transmission of the message 3, and the maximum transmission power of the first terminal is lower than that of the second terminal.
  67. 根据权利要求65所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 65, further comprising:
    发送模块,用于为所述第一终端配置所述第一信号质量门限;a sending module, configured to configure the first signal quality threshold for the first terminal;
    或者;or;
    所述发送模块,还用于为所述第一终端配置第二信号质量门限以及用于确定第一偏移值的信息;The sending module is further configured to configure a second signal quality threshold and information for determining a first offset value for the first terminal;
    或者,or,
    所述发送模块,还用于为所述第一终端配置所述第二信号质量门限以及所述第一偏移值;The sending module is further configured to configure the second signal quality threshold and the first offset value for the first terminal;
    其中,所述第一偏移值以及所述第二信号质量门限用于确定所述第一信号质量门限,所述第二信号质量门限对应的终端设备的最大发射功率大于所述第一信号质量门限对应的终端设备的最大发射功率。Wherein, the first offset value and the second signal quality threshold are used to determine the first signal quality threshold, and the maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the second signal quality threshold is greater than the first signal quality threshold The maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the threshold.
  68. 根据权利要求67所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送模块,用于:The device according to claim 67, wherein the sending module is configured to:
    根据第一对应关系为终端配置所述第一信号质量门限;configuring the first signal quality threshold for the terminal according to the first correspondence;
    其中,所述第一对应关系包括不同功率等级和不同信号质量门限之间的对应关系,所述第一对应关系包括所述第一终端和所述第一信号质量门限之间的对应关系。Wherein, the first corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels and different signal quality thresholds, and the first corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the first terminal and the first signal quality threshold.
  69. 根据权利要求67所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送模块,用于:The device according to claim 67, wherein the sending module is configured to:
    为最大发射功率不低于参考功率的终端,配置所述第二信号质量门限;Configuring the second signal quality threshold for a terminal whose maximum transmission power is not lower than a reference power;
    为最大发射功率低于所述参考功率的终端,根据第一对应关系配置所述第一信号质量门限;Configuring the first signal quality threshold according to a first correspondence for a terminal whose maximum transmission power is lower than the reference power;
    其中,所述第一对应关系包括不同功率等级和不同信号质量门限之间的对应关系,所述第一对应关系包括所述第一终端和所述第一信号质量门限之间的对应关系。Wherein, the first corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels and different signal quality thresholds, and the first corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the first terminal and the first signal quality threshold.
  70. 根据权利要求67所述的装置,其特征在于,所述用于确定第一偏移值的信息包括如下信息中的至少之一:The device according to claim 67, wherein the information for determining the first offset value includes at least one of the following information:
    小区支持的终端最大发射功率;The maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell;
    参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。Refer to the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power level of the terminal.
  71. 根据权利要求67所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送模块,用于:The device according to claim 67, wherein the sending module is configured to:
    为最大发射功率不低于参考功率的终端,配置所述第二信号质量门限;Configuring the second signal quality threshold for a terminal whose maximum transmission power is not lower than a reference power;
    为最大发射功率低于所述参考功率的终端,配置所述第二信号质量门限,以及根据第二对应关系配置所述第一偏移值;configuring the second signal quality threshold for a terminal whose maximum transmit power is lower than the reference power, and configuring the first offset value according to a second correspondence;
    其中,所述第二对应关系包括不同功率等级和不同的第一偏移值之间的对应关系,所述第二对应关系包括所述第一终端和所述第一偏移值之间的对应关系。Wherein, the second corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels and different first offset values, and the second corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the first terminal and the first offset value relation.
  72. 根据权利要求67所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送模块,用于:The device according to claim 67, wherein the sending module is configured to:
    为最大发射功率等于参考功率的终端,配置所述第二信号质量门限;Configuring the second signal quality threshold for a terminal whose maximum transmission power is equal to a reference power;
    为最大发射功率不等于所述参考功率的终端,配置所述第二信号质量门限,以及根据第二对应关系配置所述第一偏移值;configuring the second signal quality threshold for a terminal whose maximum transmit power is not equal to the reference power, and configuring the first offset value according to a second correspondence;
    其中,所述第二对应关系包括不同功率等级和不同的第一偏移值之间的对应关系,所述第二对应关系包括所述第一终端和所述第一偏移值之间的对应关系。Wherein, the second corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels and different first offset values, and the second corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the first terminal and the first offset value relation.
  73. 根据权利要求67所述的装置,其特征在于,所述用于确定第一偏移值的信息包括如下信息中的至少之一:The device according to claim 67, wherein the information for determining the first offset value includes at least one of the following information:
    第二偏移值和小区支持的终端最大发射功率;The second offset value and the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell;
    所述第二偏移值和参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率;The second offset value and the maximum transmit power corresponding to the reference terminal power level;
    所述第二偏移值、所述小区支持的终端最大发射功率和所述参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。The second offset value, the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell, and the maximum transmit power corresponding to the reference terminal power level.
  74. 根据权利要求65所述的装置,其特征在于,The apparatus of claim 65 wherein,
    所述消息3的重复传输请求,是所述第一终端根据修正后的信号质量测量结果以及第二信号质量门限确定的;The request for repeated transmission of the message 3 is determined by the first terminal according to the corrected signal quality measurement result and the second signal quality threshold;
    其中,所述修正后的信号质量测量结果,是所述第一终端根据第三偏移值对所述信号质量测量结果进行修正确定的,所述第二信号质量门限对应的终端设备的最大发射功率大于所述第一信号质量门限对应的终端设备的最大发射功率。Wherein, the corrected signal quality measurement result is determined by correcting the signal quality measurement result by the first terminal according to the third offset value, and the maximum emission of the terminal device corresponding to the second signal quality threshold is The power is greater than the maximum transmit power of the terminal device corresponding to the first signal quality threshold.
  75. 根据权利要求74所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device of claim 74, further comprising:
    发送模块,用于为所述第一终端配置所述第二信号质量门限以及用于确定所述第三偏移值的信息;A sending module, configured to configure the second signal quality threshold and information for determining the third offset value for the first terminal;
    或者,or,
    所述发送模块,还用于为所述第一终端配置所述第二信号质量门限以及所述第三偏移值。The sending module is further configured to configure the second signal quality threshold and the third offset value for the first terminal.
  76. 根据权利要求75所述的装置,其特征在于,所述用于确定所述第三偏移值的信息包括如下信息中的至少之一:The device according to claim 75, wherein the information for determining the third offset value includes at least one of the following information:
    小区支持的终端最大发射功率;The maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell;
    参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。Refer to the maximum transmit power corresponding to the power level of the terminal.
  77. 根据权利要求75所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送模块,用于:The device according to claim 75, wherein the sending module is configured to:
    为最大发射功率不低于参考功率的终端,配置所述第二信号质量门限;configuring the second signal quality threshold for a terminal whose maximum transmission power is not lower than a reference power;
    为最大发射功率低于所述参考功率的终端,配置所述第二信号质量门限,以及根据第三对应关系配置所述第三偏移值;configuring the second signal quality threshold for a terminal whose maximum transmit power is lower than the reference power, and configuring the third offset value according to a third correspondence;
    其中,所述第三对应关系包括不同功率等级和不同的第三偏移值之间的对应关系,所述第三对应关系包括所述第一终端和所述第三偏移值之间的对应关系。Wherein, the third corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels and different third offset values, and the third corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the first terminal and the third offset value relation.
  78. 根据权利要求75所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送模块,用于:The device according to claim 75, wherein the sending module is configured to:
    为最大发射功率等于参考功率的终端,配置所述第二信号质量门限;Configuring the second signal quality threshold for a terminal whose maximum transmission power is equal to a reference power;
    为最大发射功率不等于所述参考功率的终端,配置所述第二信号质量门限,以及根据第三对应关系配置所述第三偏移值;configuring the second signal quality threshold for a terminal whose maximum transmit power is not equal to the reference power, and configuring the third offset value according to a third correspondence;
    其中,所述第三对应关系包括不同功率等级和不同的第三偏移值之间的对应关系,所述第三对应关系包括所述第一终端和所述第三偏移值之间的对应关系。Wherein, the third corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between different power levels and different third offset values, and the third corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the first terminal and the third offset value relation.
  79. 根据权利要求75所述的装置,其特征在于,所述用于确定第三偏移值的信息包括如下信息中的至少之一:The device according to claim 75, wherein the information for determining the third offset value includes at least one of the following information:
    第四偏移值和小区支持的终端最大发射功率;The fourth offset value and the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell;
    所述第四偏移值和参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率;The fourth offset value and the maximum transmit power corresponding to the reference terminal power level;
    所述第四偏移值、所述小区支持的终端最大发射功率和所述参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。The fourth offset value, the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell, and the maximum transmit power corresponding to the reference terminal power level.
  80. 根据权利要求64至79任一所述的装置,其特征在于,所述信号质量测量结果包括如下任意一种:The device according to any one of claims 64 to 79, wherein the signal quality measurement result includes any of the following:
    小区级的RSRP测量结果;Cell-level RSRP measurement results;
    目标SSB上的RSRP测量结果,所述目标SSB是测量结果最好的SSB或测量结果大于测量门限的SSB。The RSRP measurement result on the target SSB, where the target SSB is the SSB with the best measurement result or the SSB with the measurement result greater than the measurement threshold.
  81. 根据权利要求69、71、72、77和78任一所述的装置,其特征在于,Apparatus according to any one of claims 69, 71, 72, 77 and 78, wherein,
    所述参考功率等于P MaxSaid reference power is equal to P Max ;
    或者,or,
    所述参考功率等于P PowerClass_refSaid reference power is equal to P PowerClass_ref ;
    或者,or,
    所述参考功率等于min(P Max,P PowerClass_ref); Said reference power is equal to min(P Max , P PowerClass_ref );
    其中,P Max为所述网络设备广播的小区支持的终端最大发射功率;P PowerClass_ref为参考终端功率等级对应的最大发射功率。 Wherein, P Max is the maximum transmit power of the terminal supported by the cell broadcast by the network device; P PowerClass_ref is the maximum transmit power corresponding to the reference terminal power class.
  82. 根据权利要求64至79任一所述的装置,其特征在于,Apparatus according to any one of claims 64 to 79 wherein,
    所述第一终端的功率等级不包括如下之一:The power level of the first terminal does not include one of the following:
    1、1.5、2、3和5。1, 1.5, 2, 3 and 5.
  83. 根据权利要求64至79任一所述的装置,其特征在于,Apparatus according to any one of claims 64 to 79 wherein,
    所述第一终端的最大发射功率不包括如下之一:The maximum transmit power of the first terminal does not include one of the following:
    31、29、26、23和20。31, 29, 26, 23 and 20.
  84. 根据权利要求64至79任一所述的装置,其特征在于,Apparatus according to any one of claims 64 to 79 wherein,
    所述第一终端的最大发射功率小于20dBm。The maximum transmission power of the first terminal is less than 20 dBm.
  85. 一种终端,其特征在于,所述终端包括:A terminal, characterized in that the terminal includes:
    处理器;processor;
    与所述处理器相连的收发器;a transceiver connected to the processor;
    用于存储所述处理器的可执行指令的存储器;memory for storing executable instructions of the processor;
    其中,所述处理器被配置为加载并执行所述可执行指令以实现如权利要求1至21中任一所述的随机接入方法。Wherein, the processor is configured to load and execute the executable instructions to implement the random access method according to any one of claims 1-21.
  86. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,所述网络设备包括:A network device, characterized in that the network device includes:
    处理器;processor;
    与所述处理器相连的收发器;a transceiver connected to the processor;
    用于存储所述处理器的可执行指令的存储器;memory for storing executable instructions of the processor;
    其中,所述处理器被配置为加载并执行所述可执行指令以实现如权利要求22至42中任一所述的随机接入方法。Wherein, the processor is configured to load and execute the executable instructions to implement the random access method according to any one of claims 22 to 42.
  87. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述可读存储介质中存储有可执行指令,所述可执行指令由处理器加载并执行以实现如权利要求1至42中任一所述的随机接入方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that executable instructions are stored in the readable storage medium, and the executable instructions are loaded and executed by a processor to implement the method described in any one of claims 1 to 42 random access method.
  88. 一种芯片,其特征在于,所述芯片包括可编程逻辑电路或程序,所述芯片用于实现如权利要求1至42中任一所述的随机接入方法。A chip, characterized in that the chip includes a programmable logic circuit or program, and the chip is used to implement the random access method according to any one of claims 1 to 42.
PCT/CN2021/109620 2021-07-30 2021-07-30 Random access method and apparatus, device and storage medium WO2023004756A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/109620 WO2023004756A1 (en) 2021-07-30 2021-07-30 Random access method and apparatus, device and storage medium
CN202180098034.7A CN117280836A (en) 2021-07-30 2021-07-30 Random access method, device, equipment and storage medium

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/109620 WO2023004756A1 (en) 2021-07-30 2021-07-30 Random access method and apparatus, device and storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023004756A1 true WO2023004756A1 (en) 2023-02-02

Family

ID=85086136

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/109620 WO2023004756A1 (en) 2021-07-30 2021-07-30 Random access method and apparatus, device and storage medium

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117280836A (en)
WO (1) WO2023004756A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB2624159A (en) * 2022-11-03 2024-05-15 Nec Corp Communication system

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108633070A (en) * 2017-03-24 2018-10-09 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Semi-static resource scheduling method, Poewr control method and respective user equipment
WO2018224148A1 (en) * 2017-06-08 2018-12-13 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Communication device and method for indicating a preference based on the device power consumption or on performance of carriers
CN110475371A (en) * 2018-05-09 2019-11-19 夏普株式会社 Method, user equipment and the base station that user equipment executes
CN111095838A (en) * 2017-08-11 2020-05-01 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Early data retransmission for message 3
CN111867123A (en) * 2019-04-26 2020-10-30 华为技术有限公司 Random access method and communication device

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108633070A (en) * 2017-03-24 2018-10-09 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Semi-static resource scheduling method, Poewr control method and respective user equipment
WO2018224148A1 (en) * 2017-06-08 2018-12-13 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Communication device and method for indicating a preference based on the device power consumption or on performance of carriers
US20200100190A1 (en) * 2017-06-08 2020-03-26 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Communication device and method for indicating a preference based on the device power consumption or on performance of carriers
CN111095838A (en) * 2017-08-11 2020-05-01 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Early data retransmission for message 3
CN110475371A (en) * 2018-05-09 2019-11-19 夏普株式会社 Method, user equipment and the base station that user equipment executes
CN111867123A (en) * 2019-04-26 2020-10-30 华为技术有限公司 Random access method and communication device

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
MODERATOR (ZTE CORPORATION): "Feature lead summary #1 on support of Type A PUSCH repetitions for Msg3", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2106007, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. e-Meeting; 20210510 - 20210527, 20 May 2021 (2021-05-20), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP052012821 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB2624159A (en) * 2022-11-03 2024-05-15 Nec Corp Communication system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117280836A (en) 2023-12-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11303343B2 (en) Method, terminal device, and network device for beam failure management and beam recovery
US10149339B2 (en) Base station, user equipment and methods for random access
US10904926B2 (en) Method for operating a fast random access procedure in a wireless communication system and a device therefor
WO2018171759A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus
US10051665B2 (en) Method and apparatus for performing random access procedure in wireless communication system
AU2012295045B2 (en) System and method for applying extended accessing barring in wireless communication system
JP2020528711A (en) How to perform a random access procedure and its equipment
US10555348B2 (en) Method for operating a fast random access procedure in a wireless communication system and a device therefor
US11743818B2 (en) User terminal, communication control apparatus, and processor
KR102224103B1 (en) Random access preamble transmission method and device
US9930698B2 (en) Method for random access procedure and terminal thereof
US20220014901A1 (en) Method and apparatus for identifying user equipment capability in sidelink transmission
US11617209B2 (en) Timer control in early data transmission
US11723083B2 (en) Radio terminal and method
US20230413207A1 (en) Methods and apparatuses for handling time alignment for a small data transmission procedure
WO2023004756A1 (en) Random access method and apparatus, device and storage medium
WO2022154716A1 (en) Ue and method for initiating data to be transmitted according to a transmission configuration
US20230363007A1 (en) Methods for channel transmission and terminal device
US20240073968A1 (en) Method and apparatus for handling fallback of data transmission
WO2022120570A1 (en) Method and apparatus for reporting configured grant resource
WO2022155961A1 (en) Method and apparatus for configuring timers and performing data transmission in a sdt procedure
US20220287101A1 (en) Method and apparatus for data transmission
WO2023219547A1 (en) Wireless device, network node, and methods performed thereby, for handling downlink transmission
KR20170049044A (en) Method and apparatus for managing control channel in wireless communication system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21951351

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202180098034.7

Country of ref document: CN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE